This document is intended as a specification of the protocol
used for the communication (request and response messages) between clients and
servers to perform certain management operations on objects stored and
maintained by a key management system. These objects are referred to as Managed
Objects in this specification. They include symmetric and asymmetric
cryptographic keys and digital certificates . Managed Objects are managed with
operations that include the ability to generate cryptographic keys, register
objects with the key management system, obtain objects from the system, destroy
objects from the system, and search for objects maintained by the system.
Managed Objects also have associated attributes, which are named values stored
by the key management system and are obtained from the system via operations.
Certain attributes are added, modified, or deleted by operations.
This specification is complemented by several other
documents. The KMIP Usage Guide [KMIP-UG] provides
illustrative information on using the protocol. The KMIP Profiles Specification
[KMIP-Prof] provides a normative set of base level
conformance profiles and authentication suites that include the specific tests
used to test conformance with the applicable KMIP normative documents. The KMIP
Test Cases [KMIP-TC] provides samples of protocol
messages corresponding to a set of defined test cases that are also used in
conformance testing.
This specification defines the KMIP protocol version major 2
and minor 1 (see 6.1).
This specification is provided under the RF on
RAND Terms Mode of the OASIS IPR Policy,
the mode chosen when the Technical Committee was established. For information
on whether any patents have been disclosed that may be essential to
implementing this specification, and any offers of patent licensing terms,
please refer to the Intellectual Property Rights section of the TC’s web page (https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/kmip/ipr.php).
The key words “MUST”, “MUST NOT”, “REQUIRED”, “SHALL”, “SHALL
NOT”, “SHOULD”, “SHOULD NOT”, “RECOMMENDED”, “MAY”, and “OPTIONAL” in this
document are to be interpreted as described in [RFC2119].
For acronyms used in this document, see Appendix
B. For definitions not found in this document, see [SP800-57-1].
|
Term
|
Definition
|
|
Archive
|
To place information not accessed frequently into
long-term storage.
|
|
Asymmetric key pair
(key pair)
|
A public key and its corresponding private key; a key pair
is used with a public key algorithm.
|
|
Authentication
|
A process that establishes the origin of information, or
determines an entity’s identity.
|
|
Authentication code
|
A cryptographic checksum based on a security function.
|
|
Authorization
|
Access privileges that are granted to an entity; conveying
an “official” sanction to perform a security function or activity.
|
|
Certificate length
|
The length (in bytes) of an X.509 public key certificate.
|
|
Certification authority
|
The entity in a Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) that is
responsible for issuing certificates, and exacting compliance to a PKI
policy.
|
|
Ciphertext
|
Data in its encrypted form.
|
|
Compromise
|
The unauthorized disclosure, modification, substitution or
use of sensitive data (e.g., keying material and other security-related
information).
|
|
Confidentiality
|
The property that sensitive information is not disclosed
to unauthorized entities.
|
|
Cryptographic algorithm
|
A well-defined computational procedure that takes variable
inputs, including a cryptographic key and produces an output.
|
|
Cryptographic key
(key)
|
A parameter used in conjunction with a cryptographic
algorithm that determines its operation in such a way that an entity with
knowledge of the key can reproduce or reverse the operation, while an entity
without knowledge of the key cannot. Examples include:
1. The transformation of plaintext data into ciphertext
data,
2. The transformation of ciphertext data into plaintext
data,
3. The computation of a digital signature from data,
4. The verification of a digital signature,
5. The computation of an authentication code from data,
and
6. The verification of an authentication code from data
and a received authentication code.
|
|
Decryption
|
The process of changing ciphertext into plaintext using a
cryptographic algorithm and key.
|
|
Digest (or hash)
|
The result of applying a hashing algorithm to information.
|
|
Digital signature
(signature)
|
The result of a cryptographic transformation of data that,
when properly implemented with supporting infrastructure and policy, provides
the services of:
1. origin authentication
2. data integrity, and
3. signer non-repudiation.
|
|
Digital Signature Algorithm
|
A cryptographic algorithm used for digital signature.
|
|
Encryption
|
The process of changing plaintext into ciphertext using a
cryptographic algorithm and key.
|
|
Hashing algorithm (or hash algorithm, hash function)
|
An algorithm that maps a bit string of arbitrary length to
a fixed length bit string. Approved hashing algorithms satisfy the following
properties:
1. (One-way) It
is computationally infeasible to find any input that
maps to any
pre-specified output, and
2. (Collision resistant) It is computationally infeasible
to find any two distinct inputs that map to the same output.
|
|
Integrity
|
The property that sensitive data has not been modified or
deleted in an unauthorized and undetected manner.
|
|
Key derivation
(derivation)
|
A function in the lifecycle of keying material; the
process by which one or more keys are derived from:
1) Either a shared secret from a key agreement computation
or a pre-shared cryptographic key, and
2) Other information.
|
|
Key management
|
The activities involving the handling of cryptographic
keys and other related security parameters (e.g., IVs and passwords) during
the entire life cycle of the keys, including their generation, storage,
establishment, entry and output, and destruction.
|
|
Key wrapping
(wrapping)
|
A method of encrypting and/or MACing/signing keys.
|
|
Message Authentication Code (MAC)
|
A cryptographic checksum on data that uses a symmetric key
to detect both accidental and intentional modifications of data.
|
|
PGP Key
|
A RFC 4880-compliant container of cryptographic keys and
associated metadata. Usually text-based (in PGP-parlance, ASCII-armored).
|
|
Private key
|
A cryptographic key used with a public key cryptographic
algorithm that is uniquely associated with an entity and is not made public.
The private key is associated with a public key. Depending on the algorithm,
the private key MAY be used to:
1. Compute the corresponding public key,
2. Compute a digital signature that can be verified by the
corresponding public key,
3. Decrypt data that was encrypted by the corresponding
public key, or
4. Compute a piece of common shared data, together with
other information.
|
|
Profile
|
A specification of objects, attributes, operations,
message elements and authentication methods to be used in specific contexts
of key management server and client interactions (see [KMIP-Prof]).
|
|
Public key
|
A cryptographic key used with a public key cryptographic
algorithm that is uniquely associated with an entity and that MAY be made
public. The public key is associated with a private key. The public key MAY
be known by anyone and, depending on the algorithm, MAY be used to:
1. Verify a digital signature that is signed by the
corresponding private key,
2. Encrypt data that can be decrypted by the corresponding
private key, or
3. Compute a piece of shared data.
|
|
Public key certificate
(certificate)
|
A set of data that uniquely identifies an entity, contains
the entity's public key and possibly other information, and is digitally
signed by a trusted party, thereby binding the public key to the entity.
|
|
Public key cryptographic algorithm
|
A cryptographic algorithm that uses two related keys, a
public key and a private key. The two keys have the property that determining
the private key from the public key is computationally infeasible.
|
|
Public Key Infrastructure
|
A framework that is established to issue, maintain and
revoke public key certificates.
|
|
Recover
|
To retrieve information that was archived to long-term
storage.
|
|
Split Key
|
A process by which a cryptographic key is split into n multiple
key components, individually providing no knowledge of the original key,
which can be subsequently combined to recreate the original cryptographic
key. If knowledge of k (where k is less than or equal to n)
components is necessary to construct the original key, then knowledge of any k-1
key components provides no information about the original key other than,
possibly, its length.
|
|
Symmetric key
|
A single cryptographic key that is used with a secret
(symmetric) key algorithm.
|
|
Symmetric key algorithm
|
A cryptographic algorithm that uses the same secret
(symmetric) key for an operation and its inverse (e.g., encryption and
decryption).
|
|
X.509 certificate
|
The ISO/ITU-T X.509 standard defined two types of
certificates – the X.509 public key certificate, and the X.509 attribute
certificate. Most commonly (including this document), an X.509 certificate
refers to the X.509 public key certificate.
|
|
X.509 public key certificate
|
The public key for a user
(or device) and a name for the user (or device), together with some other
information, rendered un-forgeable by the digital signature of the
certification authority that issued the certificate, encoded in the format
defined in the ISO/ITU-T X.509 standard.
|
Table 1:
Terminology
[AWS-SIGV4] Authenticating
Requests (AWS Signature Version 4) https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-
requests.htm
[CHACHA] D. J. Bernstein.
ChaCha, a variant of Salsa20. https://cr.yp.to/chacha/chacha-20080128.pdf
[ECC-Brainpool] ECC
Brainpool Standard Curves and Curve Generation v. 1.0.19.10.2005, http://www.ecc-brainpool.org/download/Domain-parameters.pdf.
[FIPS180-4] Secure Hash Standard (SHS), FIPS PUB
186-4, March 2012, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips18-4/fips-180-4.pdf.
[FIPS186-4] Digital Signature Standard (DSS), FIPS
PUB 186-4, July 2013, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.186-4.pdf.
[FIPS197] Advanced Encryption Standard, FIPS
PUB 197, November 2001, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips197/fips-197.pdf.
[FIPS198-1] The Keyed-Hash Message Authentication Code
(HMAC), FIPS PUB 198-1, July 2008, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips198-1/FIPS-198-1_final.pdf.
[FIPS202] SHA-3
Standard: Permutation-Based Hash and Extendable-Output Functions, August 2015. http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.202.pdf
[IEEE1003-1] IEEE
Std 1003.1, Standard for information technology - portable operating system
interface (POSIX). Shell and utilities, 2004.
[ISO16609] ISO, Banking
-- Requirements for message authentication using symmetric techniques, ISO
16609, 2012.
[ISO9797-1] ISO/IEC, Information
technology -- Security techniques -- Message Authentication Codes (MACs) --
Part 1: Mechanisms using a block cipher, ISO/IEC 9797-1, 2011.
[KMIP-Prof] Key Management
Interoperability Protocol Profiles Version 2.1. Edited by Tim Hudson and Tim
Chevalier. Latest version: Work in Progress
[PKCS#1] RSA Laboratories, PKCS #1 v2.1: RSA
Cryptography Standard, June 14, 2002, http://www.preserveitall.org/emc-plus/rsa-labs/standards-initiatives/pkcs-rsa-cryptography-standard.htm.
[PKCS#5] RSA Laboratories, PKCS #5 v2.1: Password-Based
Cryptography Standard, October 5, 2006, http://www.preserveitall.org/emc-plus/rsa-labs/standards-initiatives/pkcs-5-password-based-cryptography-standard.htm.
[PKCS#8] RSA
Laboratories, PKCS#8 v1.2: Private-Key Information Syntax Standard,
November 1, 1993, http://www.preserveitall.org/emc-plus/rsa-labs/standards-initiatives/pkcs-8-private-key-information-syntax-stand.htm.
[PKCS#10] RSA
Laboratories, PKCS #10 v1.7: Certification Request Syntax Standard,
May 26, 2000, http://www.preserveitall.org/emc-plus/rsa-labs/standards-initiatives/pkcs10-certification-request-syntax-standard.htm.
[PKCS#11] OASIS PKCS#11
Cryptographic Token Interface Base Specification Version 3.0
[POLY1305] Daniel J.
Bernstein. The Poly1305-AES Message-Authentication Code. In Henri
Gilbert and Helena Handschuh, editors, Fast Software Encryption: 12th
International Workshop, FSE 2005, Paris, France, February 21-23, 2005, Revised
Selected Papers, volume 3557 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 32–49.
Springer, 2005.
[RFC1319] B. Kaliski, The MD2 Message-Digest
Algorithm, IETF RFC 1319, Apr 1992, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1319.txt.
[RFC1320] R. Rivest, The MD4 Message-Digest
Algorithm, IETF RFC 1320, April 1992, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1320.txt.
[RFC1321] R. Rivest, The MD5 Message-Digest
Algorithm, IETF RFC 1321, April 1992, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt.
[RFC1421] J. Linn, Privacy Enhancement for
Internet Electronic Mail: Part I: Message Encryption and Authentication
Procedures, IETF RFC 1421, February 1993, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1421.txt.
[RFC1424] B. Kaliski, Privacy
Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail: Part IV: Key Certification and
Related Services, IETF RFC 1424, Feb 1993, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1424.txt.
[RFC2104] H. Krawczyk, M. Bellare, R. Canetti, HMAC:
Keyed-Hashing for Message Authentication, IETF RFC 2104, February 1997, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2104.txt.
[RFC2119] Bradner,
S., “Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels”, BCP 14, RFC
2119, March 1997. http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2119.txt.
[RFC2898] B. Kaliski, PKCS #5: Password-Based
Cryptography Specification Version 2.0, IETF RFC 2898, September 2000, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2898.txt.
[RFC2986] M. Nystrom and
B. Kaliski, PKCS #10: Certification Request Syntax Specification Version
1.7, IETF RFC2986, November 2000, http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2986.txt.
[RFC3447] J. Jonsson, B. Kaliski, Public-Key
Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1: RSA Cryptography Specifications Version 2.1,
IETF RFC 3447, Feb 2003, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3447.txt.
[RFC3629] F. Yergeau, UTF-8, a transformation
format of ISO 10646, IETF RFC 3629, November 2003, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3629.txt.
[RFC3686] R. Housley, Using Advanced Encryption
Standard (AES) Counter Mode with IPsec Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP),
IETF RFC 3686, January 2004, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3686.txt.
[RFC4210] C. Adams, S. Farrell, T. Kause and T.
Mononen, Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate Management
Protocol (CMP), IETF RFC 4210, September 2005, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4210.txt.
[RFC4211] J. Schaad, Internet X.509 Public Key
Infrastructure Certificate Request Message Format (CRMF), IETF RFC 4211,
September 2005, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4211.txt.
[RFC4880] J. Callas, L. Donnerhacke, H. Finney, D.
Shaw, and R. Thayer, OpenPGP Message Format, IETF RFC 4880, November
2007, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4880.txt.
[RFC4949] R. Shirey, Internet
Security Glossary, Version 2, IETF RFC 4949, August 2007, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4949.txt.
[RFC5272] J. Schaad and M. Meyers, Certificate
Management over CMS (CMC), IETF RFC 5272, June 2008, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc5272.txt.
[RFC5280] D. Cooper, S. Santesson, S. Farrell, S.
Boeyen, R. Housley, W. Polk, Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure
Certificate, IETF RFC 5280, May 2008, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc5280.txt.
[RFC5639] M. Lochter, J. Merkle, Elliptic Curve
Cryptography (ECC) Brainpool Standard Curves and Curve Generation, IETF RFC
5639, March 2010, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc5639.txt.
[RFC5869] H.
Krawczyk, HMAC-based Extract-and-Expand Key Derivation Function (HKDF), IETF
RFC5869, May 2010, https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5869
[RFC5958] S. Turner,
Asymmetric Key Packages, IETF RFC5958, August 2010, https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc5958.txt
[RFC6402] J. Schaad, Certificate
Management over CMS (CMC) Updates, IETF RFC6402, November 2011, http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6402.txt.
[RFC6818] P. Yee, Updates
to the Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate and Certificate
Revocation List (CRL) Profile, IETF RFC6818, January 2013, http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6818.txt.
[RFC7778] A.
Langley, M. Hamburg, S. Turner Elliptic Curves for Security, IETF
RFC7748, January 2016, https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7748
[SEC2] SEC
2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters, http://www.secg.org/SEC2-Ver-1.0.pdf.
[SP800-38A] M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher
Modes of Operation – Methods and Techniques, NIST Special Publication
800-38A, December 2001, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/Legacy/SP/nistspecialpublication800-38a.pdf
[SP800-38B] M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher
Modes of Operation: The CMAC Mode for Authentication, NIST Special
Publication 800-38B, May 2005, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/Legacy/SP/nistspecialpublication800-38b.pdf
[SP800-38C] M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher
Modes of Operation: the CCM Mode for Authentication and Confidentiality,
NIST Special Publication 800-38C, May 2004, updated July 2007 http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/Legacy/SP/nistspecialpublication800-38c.pdf
[SP800-38D] M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher
Modes of Operation: Galois/Counter Mode (GCM) and GMAC, NIST Special
Publication 800-38D, Nov 2007, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/Legacy/SP/nistspecialpublication800-38d.pdf.
[SP800-38E] M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher
Modes of Operation: The XTS-AES Mode for Confidentiality on Block-Oriented
Storage Devices, NIST Special Publication 800-38E, January 2010, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/Legacy/SP/nistspecialpublication800-38e.pdf.
[SP800-56A] E. Barker, L. Chen, A. Roginsky and M. Smid, Recommendation
for Pair-Wise Key Establishment Schemes Using Discrete Logarithm Cryptography,
NIST Special Publication 800-56A Revision 2, May 2013, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/SpecialPublications/NIST.SP.800-56Ar2.pdf.
[SP800-57-1] E. Barker, W. Barker, W. Burr, W. Polk, and M.
Smid, Recommendations for Key Management - Part 1: General (Revision 3),
NIST Special Publication 800-57 Part 1 Revision 3, July 2012, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-57/sp800-57_part1_rev3_general.pdf.
[SP800-108] L. Chen, Recommendation for Key Derivation
Using Pseudorandom Functions (Revised), NIST Special Publication 800-108,
Oct 2009, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/Legacy/SP/nistspecialpublication800-108.pdf.
[X.509] International
Telecommunication Union (ITU)–T, X.509: Information technology – Open systems
interconnection – The Directory: Public-key and attribute certificate
frameworks, November 2008, http://www.itu.int/rec/recommendation.asp?lang=en&parent=T-REC-X.509-200811-1.
[X9.24-1] ANSI, X9.24
- Retail Financial Services Symmetric Key Management - Part 1: Using Symmetric
Techniques, 2009.
[X9.31] ANSI, X9.31:
Digital Signatures Using Reversible Public Key Cryptography for the Financial
Services Industry (rDSA), September 1998.
[X9.42] ANSI, X9.42: Public Key
Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry: Agreement of Symmetric Keys
Using Discrete Logarithm Cryptography, 2003.
[X9.62] ANSI, X9.62: Public Key
Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry, The Elliptic Curve Digital
Signature Algorithm (ECDSA), 2005.
[X9.63] ANSI, X9.63: Public Key
Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry, Key Agreement and Key
Transport Using Elliptic Curve Cryptography, 2011.
[X9.102] ANSI, X9.102:
Symmetric Key Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry - Wrapping of
Keys and Associated Data, 2008.
[X9 TR-31] ANSI, X9 TR-31: Interoperable Secure Key
Exchange Key Block Specification for Symmetric Algorithms, 2010.
[ISO/IEC 9945-2] The
Open Group, Regular Expressions, The Single UNIX Specification version 2, 1997, ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993, http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/007908799/xbd/re.html.
[KMIP-UG] Key Management Interoperability Protocol
Usage Guide Version 2.1. Work in progress.
[KMIP-TC] Key Management Interoperability Protocol
Test Cases Version 2.1. Edited by Tim Hudson and Mark Joseph. Latest
version: Work in Progress
[RFC6151] S. Turner and L. Chen, Updated
Security Considerations for the MD5 Message-Digest and the HMAC-MD5 Algorithms,
IETF RFC6151, March 2011, http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6151.txt.
[w1979] A. Shamir, How to share a secret,
Communications of the ACM, vol. 22, no. 11, pp. 612-613, November 1979.
[RFC7292] K. Moriarty, M. Nystrom, S.
Parkinson, A. Rusch, M. Scott. PKCS #12: Personal Information Exchange
Syntax v1.1, July 2014, https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7292
The following are the data types of which all items
(Objects, Attributes and Messages) are composed of Integer, Long Integer, Big
Integer, Enumeration, Boolean, Text String, Byte String, Date Time, Interval,
Date Time Extended, and Structure.
Managed Objects are objects that are the subjects of key
management operations. Managed Cryptographic Objects are the subset of
Managed Objects that contain cryptographic material.
A Managed Cryptographic Object that is a digital
certificate. It is a DER-encoded X.509 public key certificate.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Certificate
|
Structure
|
|
|
Certificate Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Certificate Value
|
Byte String
|
Yes
|
Table 2: Certificate Object Structure
A Managed Cryptographic Object containing the Certificate
Request.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Certificate Request
|
Structure
|
|
|
Certificate Request
Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Certificate Request
Value
|
Byte String
|
Yes
|
Table 3: Certificate Request Structure
A Managed Object that the key management server is
possibly not able to interpret. The context information for this object MAY be
stored and retrieved using Custom Attributes.
An Opaque Object MAY be a Managed Cryptographic Object
depending on the client context of usage and as such is treated in the same
manner as a Managed Cryptographic Object for handling of attributes.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Opaque Object
|
Structure
|
|
|
Opaque Data Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Opaque Data Value
|
Byte String
|
Yes
|
Table 4: Opaque Object Structure
A Managed Cryptographic Object that is a text-based
representation of a PGP key. The Key Block field, indicated below, will contain
the ASCII-armored export of a PGP key in the format as specified in RFC 4880. It
MAY contain only a public key block, or both a public and private key block. Two
different versions of PGP keys, version 3 and version 4, MAY be stored in this
Managed Cryptographic Object.
KMIP implementers SHOULD treat the Key Block field as an
opaque blob. PGP-aware KMIP clients SHOULD take on the responsibility of
decomposing the Key Block into other Managed Cryptographic Objects (Public Keys,
Private Keys, etc.).
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
PGP Key
|
Structure
|
|
|
PGP Key Version
|
Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Key Block
|
Object Data Structure
|
Yes
|
Table 5: PGP Key Object Structure
A Managed Cryptographic Object that is the private portion
of an asymmetric key pair.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Private Key
|
Structure
|
|
|
Key Block
|
Object Data Structure
|
Yes
|
Table 6: Private Key Object Structure
A Managed Cryptographic Object that is the public portion
of an asymmetric key pair. This is only a public key, not a certificate.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Public Key
|
Structure
|
|
|
Key Block
|
Object Data Structure
|
Yes
|
Table 7: Public Key Object Structure
A Managed Cryptographic Object containing a shared secret
value that is not a key or certificate (e.g., a password). The Key Block of the
Secret Data object contains a Key Value of the Secret Data Type. The Key
Value MAY be wrapped.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Secret Data
|
Structure
|
|
|
Secret Data Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Key Block
|
Object Data Structure
|
Yes
|
Table 8: Secret Data Object Structure
A Managed Cryptographic Object that is a Split Key.
A split key is a secret, usually a symmetric key or a private key that has been
split into a number of parts, each of which MAY then be distributed to several
key holders, for additional security. The Split Key Parts field
indicates the total number of parts, and the Split Key Threshold field
indicates the minimum number of parts needed to reconstruct the entire key. The
Key Part Identifier indicates which key part is contained in the
cryptographic object, and SHALL be at least 1 and SHALL be less than or equal
to Split Key Parts.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Split Key
|
Structure
|
|
|
Split Key Parts
|
Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Key Part Identifier
|
Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Split Key Threshold
|
Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Split Key Method
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Prime Field Size
|
Big Integer
|
No, REQUIRED only if Split Key Method is Polynomial
Sharing Prime Field.
|
|
Key Block
|
Object Data Structure
|
Yes
|
Table 9: Split Key Object Structure
A Managed Cryptographic Object that is a symmetric key.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Symmetric Key
|
Structure
|
|
|
Key Block
|
Structure
|
Yes
|
Table 10: Symmetric Key Object Structure
3.1 Key
Block
A Key Block object is a structure used to
encapsulate all of the information that is closely associated with a
cryptographic key.
The Key Block MAY contain the Key Compression Type, which
indicates the format of the elliptic curve public key. By default, the public key
is uncompressed.
The Key Block also has the Cryptographic Algorithm and the
Cryptographic Length of the key contained in the Key Value field. Some example
values are:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
RSA keys
|
Typically 1024, 2048 or 3072 bits in length.
|
|
3DES keys
|
Typically from 112 to 192 bits (depending upon key
length and the presence of parity bits).
|
|
AES keys
|
128, 192 or 256 bits in length
|
Table 11: Key Block Cryptographic Algorithm &
Length Description
The Key Block SHALL contain a Key Wrapping Data structure
if the key in the Key Value field is wrapped (i.e., encrypted, or MACed/signed,
or both).
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Block
|
Structure
|
|
|
Key Format Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Key Compression Type
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
Key Value
|
Byte String: for wrapped Key Value; Structure: for
plaintext Key Value
|
No
|
|
Cryptographic Algorithm
|
Enumeration
|
Yes. MAY be omitted only if this information is available from the
Key Value. Does not apply to Secret Data or Opaque If present, the
Cryptographic Length SHALL also be present.
|
|
Cryptographic Length
|
Integer
|
Yes. MAY be omitted only if this information is available from the
Key Value. Does not apply to Secret Data (or Opaque. If present, the
Cryptographic Algorithm SHALL also be present.
|
|
Key Wrapping Data
|
Object Data Structure
|
No. SHALL only be present if the key is wrapped.
|
Table 12: Key Block Object
Structure
The Key Value is used only inside a Key Block and
is either a Byte String or a:
·
The Key Value structure contains the key material, either as a
byte string or as a Transparent Key structure, and OPTIONAL attribute
information that is associated and encapsulated with the key material. This
attribute information differs from the attributes associated with Managed
Objects, and is obtained via the Get Attributes operation, only by the fact
that it is encapsulated with (and possibly wrapped with) the key material
itself.
·
The Key Value Byte String is either the wrapped TTLV-encoded Key
Value structure, or the wrapped un-encoded value of the Byte String Key
Material field.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Value
|
Structure
|
|
|
Key Material
|
Byte String: for Raw, Opaque, PKCS1, PKCS8,
ECPrivateKey, or Extension Key Format types;
Structure:
for Transparent, or Extension Key Format Types
|
Yes
|
|
Attributes
|
Structure
|
No
|
Table 13: Key Value Object
Structure
The Key Block MAY also supply OPTIONAL information about a
cryptographic key wrapping mechanism used to wrap the Key Value. This consists
of a Key Wrapping Data structure. It is
only used inside a Key Block.
This structure contains fields for:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Wrapping Method
|
Indicates the method used to wrap the Key Value.
|
|
Encryption Key Information
|
Contains the Unique Identifier value of the
encryption key and associated cryptographic parameters.
|
|
MAC/Signature Key Information
|
Contains the Unique Identifier value of the
MAC/signature key and associated cryptographic parameters.
|
|
MAC/Signature
|
Contains a MAC or signature of the Key Value
|
|
IV/Counter/Nonce
|
If REQUIRED by the wrapping method.
|
|
Encoding Option
|
Specifies the encoding of the Key Material within
the Key Value structure of the Key Block that has been wrapped. If No
Encoding is specified, then the Key Value structure SHALL NOT contain any
attributes.
|
Table 14: Key Wrapping Data Structure Description
If wrapping is used, then the whole Key Value structure is
wrapped unless otherwise specified by the Wrapping Method. The algorithms used
for wrapping are given by the Cryptographic Algorithm attributes of the
encryption key and/or MAC/signature key; the block-cipher mode, padding method,
and hashing algorithm used for wrapping are given by the Cryptographic
Parameters in the Encryption Key Information and/or MAC/Signature Key Information,
or, if not present, from the Cryptographic Parameters attribute of the
respective key(s). Either the Encryption Key Information or the MAC/Signature
Key Information (or both) in the Key Wrapping Data structure SHALL be specified.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Wrapping Data
|
Structure
|
|
|
Wrapping Method
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Encryption Key
Information
|
Structure, see below
|
No. Corresponds to the key that was used to encrypt the Key Value.
|
|
MAC/Signature Key
Information
|
Structure, see below
|
No. Corresponds to the symmetric key used
to MAC the Key Value or the private key used to sign the Key Value
|
|
MAC/Signature
|
Byte String
|
No
|
|
IV/Counter/Nonce
|
Byte String
|
No
|
|
Encoding Option
|
Enumeration
|
No. Specifies the encoding of the Key Value Byte
String. If not present, the wrapped Key Value structure SHALL be TTLV
encoded.
|
Table 15: Key Wrapping Data Object Structure
The structures of the Encryption
Key Information and the MAC/Signature Key Information are as follows:
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Encryption Key Information
|
Structure
|
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Text string
|
Yes
|
|
Cryptographic Parameters
|
Structure
|
No
|
Table 16: Encryption Key Information Object Structure
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
MAC/Signature Key Information
|
Structure
|
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Text string
|
Yes. It SHALL be either the Unique
Identifier of the Symmetric Key used to MAC, or of the Private Key (or its
corresponding Public Key) used to sign.
|
|
Cryptographic Parameters
|
Structure
|
No
|
Table 17: MAC/Signature Key Information Object Structure
3.4 Transparent
Symmetric Key
If the Key Format Type in the Key
Block is Transparent Symmetric Key, then Key Material is a structure.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Material
|
Structure
|
|
|
Key
|
Byte String
|
Yes
|
Table 18: Key Material Object Structure
for Transparent Symmetric Keys
If the Key Format Type in the Key
Block is Transparent DSA Private Key, then Key Material is a structure.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Material
|
Structure
|
|
|
P
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Q
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
|
G
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
|
X
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
Table 19: Key Material Object
Structure for Transparent DSA Private Keys
If the Key Format Type in the Key
Block is Transparent DSA Public Key, then Key Material is a structure.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Material
|
Structure
|
|
|
P
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Q
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
|
G
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Y
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
Table 20: Key Material Object
Structure for Transparent DSA Public Keys
If the Key Format Type in the Key
Block is Transparent RSA Private Key, then Key Material is a structure.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Material
|
Structure
|
|
|
Modulus
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Private Exponent
|
Big Integer
|
No
|
|
Public Exponent
|
Big Integer
|
No
|
|
P
|
Big Integer
|
No
|
|
Q
|
Big Integer
|
No
|
|
Prime Exponent P
|
Big Integer
|
No
|
|
Prime Exponent Q
|
Big Integer
|
No
|
|
CRT Coefficient
|
Big Integer
|
No
|
Table 21: Key Material Object Structure for
Transparent RSA Private Keys
One of the following SHALL be
present (refer to [PKCS#1]):
·
Private Exponent,
·
P and Q (the first two prime factors of Modulus), or
·
Prime Exponent P and Prime Exponent Q.
3.8 Transparent RSA Public Key
If the Key Format Type in the Key
Block is Transparent RSA Public Key, then Key Material is a structure.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Material
|
Structure
|
|
|
Modulus
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Public Exponent
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
Table 22: Key Material Object
Structure for Transparent RSA Public Keys
If the Key Format Type in the Key
Block is Transparent DH Private Key, then Key Material is a structure.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Material
|
Structure
|
|
|
P
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Q
|
Big Integer
|
No
|
|
G
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
|
J
|
Big Integer
|
No
|
|
X
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
Table 23: Key Material Object Structure for
Transparent DH Private Keys
3.10 Transparent DH Public Key
If the Key Format Type in the Key
Block is Transparent DH Public Key, then Key Material is a.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Material
|
Structure
|
|
|
P
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Q
|
Big Integer
|
No
|
|
G
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
|
J
|
Big Integer
|
No
|
|
Y
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
Table 24: Key Material Object Structure for
Transparent DH Public Keys
3.11 Transparent EC Private Key
If the Key Format Type in the Key
Block is Transparent EC Private Key, then Key Material is a structure.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Material
|
Structure
|
|
|
Recommended
Curve
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
D
|
Big Integer
|
Yes
|
Table
25: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent EC Private Keys
If the Key Format Type in the Key
Block is Transparent EC Public Key, then Key Material is a structure.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Material
|
Structure
|
|
|
Recommended
Curve
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Q String
|
Byte String
|
Yes
|
Table
26: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent EC Public Keys
The following subsections describe the attributes that are
associated with Managed Objects. Attributes that an object MAY have multiple
instances of are referred to as multi-instance attributes. All instances
of an attribute SHOULD have a different value. Similarly, attributes which an
object SHALL only have at most one instance of are referred to as single-instance
attributes. Attributes are able to be obtained by a client from the server
using the Get Attribute operation. Some attributes are able to be set by the
Add Attribute operation or updated by the Modify Attribute operation, and some
are able to be deleted by the Delete Attribute operation if they no longer
apply to the Managed Object. Read-only attributes are attributes that
SHALL NOT be modified by either server or client, and that SHALL NOT be deleted
by a client.
When attributes are returned by the server (e.g., via a
Get Attributes operation), the attribute value returned SHALL NOT differ for
different clients unless specifically noted against each attribute.
The first table in each subsection contains the attribute
name in the first row. This name is the canonical name used when managing
attributes using the Get Attributes, Get Attribute List, Add Attribute, Modify
Attribute, and Delete Attribute operations.
A server SHALL NOT delete attributes without receiving a
request from a client until the object is destroyed. After an object is
destroyed, the server MAY retain all, some or none of the object attributes,
depending on the object type and server policy.
The second table in each subsection lists certain
attribute characteristics (e.g., “SHALL always have a value. The server policy
MAY further restrict these attribute characteristics.
|
SHALL always have a value
|
All Managed Objects that are of the Object Types for which this
attribute applies, SHALL always have this attribute set once the object has
been created or registered, up until the object has been destroyed.
|
|
Initially set by
|
Who is permitted to initially set the value of the attribute (if the
attribute has never been set, or if all the attribute values have been
deleted)?
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Is the server allowed to change an existing value of the attribute
without receiving a request from a client?
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Is the client able to change an existing value of the attribute value
once it has been set?
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Is the client able to delete an instance of the attribute?
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
Are multiple instances of the attribute permitted?
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Which operations MAY cause this attribute to be set even if the
attribute is not specified in the operation request itself?
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
Which Managed Objects MAY have this attribute set?
|
Table
27: Attribute Rules
There are default values for some mandatory attributes of
Cryptographic Objects. The values in use by a particular server are available
via Query. KMIP servers SHALL supply values for these attributes if the client
omits them.
|
Object
|
Attribute
|
|
Symmetric Key
|
Cryptographic Algorithm
Cryptographic Length
Cryptographic Usage Mask
|
|
Private Key
|
Cryptographic Algorithm
Cryptographic Length
Cryptographic Usage Mask
|
|
Public Key
|
Cryptographic Algorithm
Cryptographic Length
Cryptographic Usage Mask
|
|
Certificate
|
Cryptographic Algorithm
Cryptographic Length
Digital Signature Algorithm
|
|
Split Key
|
Cryptographic Algorithm
Cryptographic Length
Cryptographic Usage Mask
|
|
Secret Data
|
Cryptographic Usage Mask
|
Table 28: Default Cryptographic Parameters
The Activation Date attribute contains the date and
time when the Managed Object MAY begin to be used. This time corresponds to
state transition. The object SHALL NOT be used for any cryptographic purpose
before the Activation Date has been reached. Once the state transition
from Pre-Active has occurred, then this attribute SHALL NOT be changed or
deleted before the object is destroyed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Activation Date
|
Date-Time
|
Table 29: Activation Date Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server or Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes, only while in Pre-Active state
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes, only while in Pre-Active state
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key,
Activate Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 30: Activation Date Attribute Rules
The Alternative Name attribute is used to
identify and locate the object. This attribute is assigned by the client, and
the Alternative Name Value is intended to be in a form that humans
are able to interpret. The key management system MAY specify rules by which the
client creates valid alternative names. Clients are informed of such rules by a
mechanism that is not specified by this standard. Alternative Names MAY NOT be
unique within a given key management server.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Alternative Name
|
Structure
|
|
|
Alternative Name Value
|
Text String
|
Yes
|
|
Alternative Name Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
Table 31: Alternative Name Attribute Structure
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes (Only if no value present)
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
Yes
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 32: Alternative Name Attribute Rules
The server SHALL create this attribute, and set it to True
if the Sensitive attribute has always been True. The server SHALL set it to
False if the Sensitive attribute has ever been set to False.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Sensitive
|
Boolean
|
Table 33: Always Sensitive Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
When Sensitive attribute is set or changed
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 34: Always Sensitive Attribute Rules
The Application Specific Information attribute is a
structure used to store data specific to the application(s) using the Managed
Object. It consists of the following fields: an Application Namespace
and Application Data specific to that application namespace.
Clients MAY request to set (i.e., using any of the
operations that result in new Managed Object(s) on the server or
adding/modifying the attribute of an existing Managed Object an instance of
this attribute with a particular Application Namespace while omitting Application
Data. In that case, if the server supports this namespace (as indicated by
the Query operation), then it SHALL return a suitable Application Data
value. If the server does not support this namespace, then an error SHALL be
returned.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Application Specific Information
|
Structure
|
|
|
Application Namespace
|
Text String
|
Yes
|
|
Application Data
|
Text String
|
No
|
Table 35: Application Specific Information Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client or Server (only if the Application Data is
omitted, in the client request)
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes (only if the Application Data is omitted in the
client request)
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
Yes
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Re-key, Re-key
Key Pair, Re-certify
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 36: Application Specific Information Attribute
Rules
The Archive Date attribute is the date and time
when the Managed Object was placed in archival storage. This value is set by
the server as a part of the Archive operation. The server SHALL delete this
attribute whenever a Recover operation is performed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Archive Date
|
Date-Time
|
Table 37: Archive Date Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Archive
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 38: Archive Date Attribute Rules
The Certificate Attributes are the various items included in
a certificate. The following list is based on RFC2253.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Certificate Subject CN
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Subject O
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Subject OU
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Subject Email
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Subject C
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Subject ST
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Subject L
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Subject UID
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Subject Serial Number
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Subject Title
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Subject DC
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Subject DN Qualifier
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Issuer CN
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Issuer O
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Issuer OU
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Issuer Email
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Issuer C
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Issuer ST
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Issuer L
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Issuer UID
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Issuer Serial Number
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Issuer Title
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Issuer DC
|
Text String
|
|
Certificate Issuer DN Qualifier
|
Text String
|
Table 39: Certificate Attributes
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
Yes
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Register, Certify, Re-certify
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
Certificates
|
Table 40: Certificate Attribute
Rules
The Certificate Type attribute is a type of
certificate (e.g., X.509).
The Certificate Type value SHALL be set by the
server when the certificate is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be
changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
|
Certificate Type
|
Enumeration
|
|
Table 41: Certificate Type Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Register, Certify, Re-certify
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
Certificates
|
Table 42: Certificate Type Attribute Rules
The Certificate Length attribute is the length in
bytes of the Certificate object. The Certificate Length SHALL be set by
the server when the object is created or registered, and then SHALL NOT be
changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Certificate Length
|
Integer
|
Table 43: Certificate Length Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Register, Certify, Re-certify
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
Certificates
|
Table 44: Certificate Length Attribute Rules
The Comment attribute is used for descriptive purposes only.
It is not used for policy enforcement. The attribute is set by the client or
the server.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Description
|
Text String
|
Table 45: Comment Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client or Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 46: Comment Rules
The Compromise Date attribute contains the date and
time when the Managed Cryptographic Object entered into the compromised state.
This time corresponds to state transitions 3, 5, 8, or 10. This time indicates
when the key management system was made aware of the compromise, not
necessarily when the compromise occurred. This attribute is set by the server
when it receives a Revoke operation with a Revocation Reason containing
a Revocation Reason Code of Compromised code, or due to server policy or
out-of-band administrative action.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Compromise Date
|
Date-Time
|
Table 47: Compromise Date Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Revoke
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 48: Compromise Date Attribute Rules
The Compromise Occurrence Date attribute is the
date and time when the Managed Object was first believed to be compromised. If
it is not possible to estimate when the compromise occurred, then this value
SHOULD be set to the Initial Date for the object.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Compromise Occurrence Date
|
Date-Time
|
Table 49: Compromise Occurrence Date Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Revoke
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 50: Compromise Occurrence Date Attribute Rules
The Contact Information attribute is used for
descriptive purposes only. It is not used for policy enforcement. The attribute
is set by the client or the server.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Contact Information
|
Text String
|
Table 51: Contact Information Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client or Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify,
Re-key, Re-key Key Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 52: Contact Information Attribute Rules
The Cryptographic Algorithm of an object. The Cryptographic
Algorithm of a Certificate object identifies the algorithm for the public key
contained within the Certificate. The digital signature algorithm used to sign
the Certificate is identified in the Digital Signature Algorithm attribute.
This attribute SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or
registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is
destroyed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Cryptographic Algorithm
|
Enumeration
|
Table
53: Cryptographic Algorithm Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes (except for Secret Data and Opaque Object)
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Certify, Create, Create Key Pair, Re-certify, Register,
Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 54: Cryptographic Algorithm Attribute Rules
The Cryptographic Domain Parameters attribute is a
structure that contains fields that MAY need to be specified in the Create Key
Pair Request Payload. Specific fields MAY only pertain to certain types of
Managed Cryptographic Objects.
The domain parameter Qlength correponds to the bit length
of parameter Q (refer to [RFC7778], [SEC2] and [SP800-56A]).
Qlength applies to algorithms such as DSA and DH. The bit
length of parameter P (refer to to [RFC7778], [SEC2] and [SP800-56A])
is specified separately by setting the Cryptographic Length attribute.
Recommended Curve is applicable to elliptic curve
algorithms such as ECDSA, ECDH, and ECMQV.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
Required
|
|
Cryptographic Domain Parameters
|
Structure
|
Yes
|
|
Qlength
|
Integer
|
No
|
|
Recommended Curve
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
Table 55: Cryptographic Domain Parameters Attribute
Structure
|
Shall always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Re-key, Re-key
Key Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
Public Keys, Private Keys
|
Table 56: Cryptographic Domain Parameters Attribute
Rules
For keys, Cryptographic Length is the length in
bits of the clear-text cryptographic key material of the Managed Cryptographic
Object. For certificates, Cryptographic Length is the length in bits of
the public key contained within the Certificate. This attribute SHALL be set by
the server when the object is created or registered, and then SHALL NOT be
changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Cryptographic Length
|
Integer
|
Table
57: Cryptographic Length Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes (Except for Opaque Object)
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Certify, Create, Create Key Pair, Re-certify,
Register, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key
Key Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 58: Cryptographic Length Attribute Rules
The Cryptographic Parameters attribute is a
structure that contains a set of OPTIONAL fields that describe certain
cryptographic parameters to be used when performing cryptographic operations
using the object. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain types of Managed
Objects. The Cryptographic Parameters attribute of a Certificate object
identifies the cryptographic parameters of the public key contained within the
Certificate.
The Cryptographic Algorithm is also used to specify the
parameters for cryptographic operations. For operations involving digital
signatures, either the Digital Signature Algorithm can be specified or the
Cryptographic Algorithm and Hashing Algorithm combination can be specified.
Random IV can be used to request that the KMIP server
generate an appropriate IV for a cryptographic operation that uses an IV. The
generated Random IV is returned in the response to the cryptographic operation.
IV Length is the length of the Initialization Vector in
bits. This parameter SHALL be provided when the specified Block Cipher Mode
supports variable IV lengths such as CTR or GCM.
Tag Length is the length of the authenticator tag in
bytes. This parameter SHALL be provided when the Block Cipher Mode is GCM.
The IV used with counter modes of operation (e.g., CTR and
GCM) cannot repeat for a given cryptographic key. To prevent an IV/key reuse,
the IV is often constructed of three parts: a fixed field, an invocation field,
and a counter as described in [SP800-38A] and [SP800-38D]. The Fixed Field Length is the length of the
fixed field portion of the IV in bits. The Invocation Field Length is the
length of the invocation field portion of the IV in bits. The Counter Length is
the length of the counter portion of the IV in bits.
Initial Counter Value is the starting counter value for
CTR mode (for [RFC3686] it is 1).
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Cryptographic Parameters
|
Structure
|
|
|
Block Cipher Mode
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
Padding Method
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
Hashing Algorithm
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
Key Role Type
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
Digital Signature
Algorithm
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
Cryptographic Algorithm
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
Random IV
|
Boolean
|
No
|
|
IV Length
|
Integer
|
No unless Block Cipher Mode supports variable IV
lengths
|
|
Tag Length
|
Integer
|
No unless Block Cipher Mode is GCM
|
|
Fixed Field Length
|
Integer
|
No
|
|
Invocation Field Length
|
Integer
|
No
|
|
Counter Length
|
Integer
|
No
|
|
Initial Counter Value
|
Integer
|
No
|
|
Salt Length
|
Integer
|
No (if omitted, defaults to the block size of the
Mask Generator Hashing Algorithm)
|
|
Mask Generator
|
Enumeration
|
No (if omitted defaults to MGF1).
|
|
Mask Generator Hashing Algorithm
|
Enumeration
|
No. (if omitted defaults to SHA-1).
|
|
P Source
|
Byte String
|
No (if omitted, defaults to an empty byte string for
encoding input P in OAEP padding)
|
|
Trailer Field
|
Integer
|
No (if omitted, defaults to the standard one-byte
trailer in PSS padding)
|
Table 59: Cryptographic Parameters Attribute Structure
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
Yes
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Re-key, Re-key
Key Pair, Re-certify
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table
60: Cryptographic Parameters Attribute Rules
The Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute defines the
cryptographic usage of a key. This is a bit mask that indicates to the client
which cryptographic functions MAY be performed using the key, and which ones
SHALL NOT be performed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Cryptographic Usage Mask
|
Integer
|
Table 61: Cryptographic Usage Mask Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes (Except for Opaque Object)
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server or Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key,
Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key
Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 62: Cryptographic Usage Mask Attribute Rules
The Deactivation Date attribute is the date and
time when the Managed Object SHALL NOT be used for any purpose, except for
decryption, signature verification, or unwrapping, but only under extraordinary
circumstances and only when special permission is granted. This time
corresponds to state transition 6. This attribute SHALL NOT be changed or
deleted before the object is destroyed, unless the object is in the Pre-Active
or Active state.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Deactivation Date
|
Date-Time
|
Table 63: Deactivation Date Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server or Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key,
Revoke Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 64: Deactivation Date Attribute Rules
The Description attribute is used for descriptive purposes
only. It is not used for policy enforcement. The attribute is set by the client
or the server.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Description
|
Text String
|
Table 65: Description Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client or Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 66: Description Attribute Rules
The Destroy Date attribute is the date and time
when the Managed Object was destroyed. This time corresponds to state
transitions 2, 7, or 9 This value is set by the server when the object is
destroyed due to the reception of a Destroy operation, or due to server policy or
out-of-band administrative action.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Destroy Date
|
Date-Time
|
Table 67: Destroy Date Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Destroy
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 68: Destroy Date Attribute Rules
The Digest attribute is a structure that contains
the digest value of the key or secret data (i.e., digest of the Key Material),
certificate (i.e., digest of the Certificate Value), or opaque object (i.e.,
digest of the Opaque Data Value). If the Key Material is a Byte String, then
the Digest Value SHALL be calculated on this Byte String. If the Key Material is
a structure, then the Digest Value SHALL be calculated on the TTLV-encoded Key
Material structure. The Key Format Type field in the Digest attribute indicates
the format of the Managed Object from which the Digest Value was calculated. Multiple
digests MAY be calculated using different algorithms and/or key format types.
If this attribute exists, then it SHALL have a mandatory attribute instance computed
with the SHA-256 hashing algorithm and the default Key Value Format for this
object type and algorithm. Clients may request via supplying a non-default Key
Format Value attribute on operations that create a Managed Object, and the
server SHALL produce an additional Digest attribute for that Key Value Type.
The digest(s) are static and SHALL be set by the server when the object is
created or registered, provided that the server has access to the Key Material
or the Digest Value (possibly obtained via out-of-band mechanisms).
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Digest
|
Structure
|
|
|
Hashing Algorithm
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Digest Value
|
Byte String
|
Yes, if the server has access to the Digest Value or
the Key Material (for keys and secret data), the Certificate Value (for certificates)
or the Opaque Data Value (for opaque objects).
|
|
Key Format Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes, if the Managed Object is a key or secret data
object.
|
Table 69: Digest Attribute Structure
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes, if the server has access to the Digest Value or
the Key Material (for keys and secret data), the Certificate Value (for
certificates) or the Opaque Data Value (for opaque objects).
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
Yes
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key,
Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key
Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 70: Digest Attribute Rules
The Digital Signature Algorithm attribute
identifies the digital signature algorithm associated with a digitally signed
object (e.g., Certificate). This attribute SHALL be set by the server when the
object is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before
the object is destroyed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Digital Signature Algorithm
|
Enumeration
|
Table 71: Digital Signature Algorithm Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
Yes for PGP keys. No for X.509 certificates.
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Certify, Re-certify, Register
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
Certificates, PGP keys
|
Table 72: Digital Signature Algorithm Attribute Rules
If False then the server SHALL prevent the object value being
retrieved. The server SHALL set its value to True if not provided by the
client.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Extractable
|
Boolean
|
Table 73: Extractable Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client or Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
When object is created or registered
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 74: Extractable Attribute Rules
The Fresh attribute is a Boolean attribute that
indicates that the object has not yet been served to a client using a Get
operation. The Fresh attribute SHALL be set to True when a new object is
created on the server unless the client provides a False value in Register or
Import. The server SHALL change the attribute value to False as soon as the
object has been served via the Get operation to a client.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Fresh
|
Boolean
|
Table 75: Fresh Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client or Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key,
Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Re-key Key Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 76: Fresh Attribute Rules
The Initial Date attribute contains the date and
time when the Managed Object was first created or registered at the server.
This time corresponds to state transition 1. This attribute SHALL be set by the
server when the object is created or registered, and then SHALL NOT be changed
or deleted before the object is destroyed. This attribute is also set for
non-cryptographic objects when they are first registered with the server.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Initial Date
|
Date-Time
|
Table 77: Initial Date Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key,
Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 78: Initial Date Attribute Rules
The Key Format Type attribute is a required attribute of a
Cryptographic Object. It is set by the server, but a particular Key Format Type
MAY be requested by the client if the cryptographic material is produced by the
server (i.e., Create, Create Key Pair, Create Split Key, Re-key, Re-key Key
Pair, Derive Key) on the client’s behalf. The server SHALL comply with the
client’s requested format or SHALL fail the request. When the server calculates
a Digest for the object, it SHALL compute the digest on the data in the
assigned Key Format Type, as well as a digest in the default KMIP Key Format
Type for that type of key and the algorithm requested (if a non-default value
is specified).
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Key Format Type
|
Enumeration
|
Table 79: Key Format Type Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 80: Key Format Type Attribute Rules
Keys have a default Key Format Type that SHALL be produced
by KMIP servers. The default Key Format Type by object (and algorithm) is
listed in the following table:
|
Object
|
Default Key Format Type
|
|
Certificate
|
X.509
|
|
Certificate Request
|
PKCS#10
|
|
Opaque Object
|
Opaque
|
|
PGP Key
|
Raw
|
|
Secret Data
|
Raw
|
|
Symmetric Key
|
Raw
|
|
Split Key
|
Raw
|
|
RSA Private Key
|
PKCS#1
|
|
RSA Public Key
|
PKCS#1
|
|
EC Private Key
|
Transparent EC Private Key
|
|
EC Public Key
|
Transparent EC Public Key
|
|
DSA Private Key
|
Transparent DSA Private Key
|
|
DSA Public Key
|
Transparent DSA Public Key
|
Table 81: Default Key Format Type, by Object
Key Value Location MAY be specified by the client
when the Key Value is omitted from the Key Block in a Register request. Key
Value Location is used to indicate the location of the Key Value absent from
the object being registered..
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Value Location
|
Structure
|
|
|
Key Value Location
Value
|
Text String
|
Yes
|
|
Key Value Location Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
Table
82: Key Value Location Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
Yes
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Never
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 83: Key Value Location
Attribute Rules
Key Value Present is an attribute of the managed
object created by the server. It SHALL NOT be specified by the client in a
Register request. Key Value Present SHALL be created by the server if
the Key Value is absent from the Key Block in a Register request. The value of
Key Value Present SHALL NOT be modified by either the client or the server. Key
Value Present attribute MAY be used as a part of the Locate operation.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Value Present
|
Boolean
|
No
|
Table 84: Key Value Present Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
During Register operation
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 85: Key Value Present Attribute Rules
The Last Change Date attribute contains the date
and time of the last change of the specified object.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Last Change Date
|
Date-Time
|
Table 86: Last Change Date Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key,
Activate, Revoke, Destroy, Archive, Recover, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair,
Add Attribute, Modify Attribute, Delete Attribute, Get Usage Allocation
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 87: Last Change Date Attribute Rules
The Lease Time attribute defines a time interval
for a Managed Object beyond which the client SHALL NOT use the object without
obtaining another lease. This attribute always holds the initial length of time
allowed for a lease, and not the actual remaining time. Once its lease expires,
the client is only able to renew the lease by calling Obtain Lease. A server
SHALL store in this attribute the maximum Lease Time it is able to serve and a
client obtains the lease time (with Obtain Lease) that is less than or equal to
the maximum Lease Time. This attribute is read-only for clients. It SHALL be
modified by the server only.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Lease Time
|
Interval
|
Table 88: Lease Time Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key,
Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key
Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 89: Lease Time Attribute Rules
The Link attribute is a structure used to create a
link from one Managed Cryptographic Object to another, closely related target
Managed Cryptographic Object. The link has a type, and the allowed types
differ, depending on the Object Type of the Managed Cryptographic Object, as
listed below. The Linked Object Identifier identifies the target Managed
Cryptographic Object by its Unique Identifier. The link contains information
about the association between the Managed Objects (e.g., the private key
corresponding to a public key; the parent certificate for a certificate in a
chain; or for a derived symmetric key, the base key from which it was derived).
The Link attribute SHOULD be present for private keys and
public keys for which a certificate chain is stored by the server, and for
certificates in a certificate chain.
Note that it is possible for a Managed Object to have
multiple instances of the Link attribute (e.g., a Private Key has links to the
associated certificate, as well as the associated public key; a Certificate
object has links to both the public key and to the certificate of the
certification authority (CA) that signed the certificate).
It is also possible that a Managed Object does not have
links to associated cryptographic objects. This MAY occur in cases where the
associated key material is not available to the server or client (e.g., the
registration of a CA Signer certificate with a server, where the corresponding
private key is held in a different manner).
|
Encoding
|
Description
|
|
Text String
|
Unique Identifier of a Managed Object.
|
|
Enumeration
|
Unique Identifier Enumeration
|
|
Integer
|
Zero based nth Unique Identifier in the response. If
negative the count is backwards from the beginning of the current operation’s
batch item.
|
Table 90: Linked Object Identifier encoding
descriptions
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Link
|
Structure
|
|
|
Link Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Linked Object
Identifier
|
Text
String/Enumeration/Integer
|
Yes
|
Table 91: Link Attribute Structure
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client or Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
Yes
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify,
Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Register
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 92: Link Attribute Structure Rules
The Name attribute is a structure used to identify
and locate an object. This attribute is assigned by the client, and the Name
Value is intended to be in a form that humans are able to interpret. The
key management system MAY specify rules by which the client creates valid
names. Clients are informed of such rules by a mechanism that is not specified
by this standard. Names SHALL be unique within a given key management server,
but are NOT REQUIRED to be globally unique.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Name
|
Structure
|
|
|
Name Value
|
Text String
|
Yes
|
|
Name Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
Table 93: Name Attribute Structure
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
Yes
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Re-certify
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 94: Name Attribute Rules
The server SHALL create this attribute, and set it to True
if the Extractable attribute has always been False.
The server SHALL set it to False if the Extractable attribute
has ever been set to True.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Never Extractable
|
Boolean
|
Table 95: Never Extractable Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
When Never Extractable attribute is
set or changed
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 96: Never Extractable Attribute Rules
The NIST SP800-57 Key Type is an attribute of a Key (or
Secret Data object). It MAY be set by the client, preferably when the object is
registered or created. Although the attribute is optional, once set, MAY NOT
be deleted or modified by either the client or the server. This attribute is
intended to reflect the NIST SP-800-57 view of cryptographic material, so an
object SHOULD have only one usage (see [SP800-57-1]
for rationale), but this is not enforced at the server.
|
Item
|
|
Encoding
|
|
NIST Key Type
|
|
Enumeration
|
Table 97 SP800-57 Key Type Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
Yes
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 98 SP800-57 Key Type Attribute Rules
A Managed Object MAY be part of a group of objects. An
object MAY belong to more than one group of objects. To assign an object to a
group of objects, the object group name SHOULD be set into this attribute.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Object Group
|
Text String
|
Table 99: Object Group Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client or Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
Yes
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key,
Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key
Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 100: Object Group Attribute Rules
The Object Type of a Managed Object (e.g., public
key, private key, symmetric key, etc.) SHALL be set by the server when the
object is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before
the object is destroyed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Object Type
|
Enumeration
|
Table 101: Object Type Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key,
Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key
Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 102: Object Type Attribute Rules
The Opaque Data Type of an Opaque Object SHALL be
set by the server when the object is registered and then SHALL NOT be changed
or deleted before the object is destroyed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Opaque Data Type
|
Enumeration
|
Table 103: Opaque Data Type Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Register
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
Opaque Objects
|
Table 104: Opaque Data Type Attribute Rules
The Original Creation Date attribute contains the
date and time the object was originally created, which can be different from
when the object is registered with a key management server.
It is OPTIONAL for an object being registered by a client.
The Original Creation Date MAY be set by the client during a Register
operation. If no Original Creation Date attribute was set by the client
during a Register operation, it MAY do so at a later time through an Add
Attribute operation for that object.
It is mandatory for an object created on the server as a
result of a Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Re-key, or Re-key Key Pair
operation. In such cases the Original Creation Date SHALL be set by the
server and SHALL be the same as the Initial Date attribute.
In all cases, once the Original Creation Date is
set, it SHALL NOT be deleted or updated.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Original Creation Date
|
Date-Time
|
Table 105: Original Creation Date Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client or Server (when object is generated by Server)
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 106: Original Creation Date Attribute Rules
PKCS#12 Friendly Name is an attribute used for descriptive
purposes. If supplied on a Register Private Key with Key Format Type PKCS#12,
it informs the server of the alias/friendly name (see [RFC7292]) under which
the private key and its associated certificate chain SHALL be found in the Key
Material. If no such alias/friendly name is supplied, the server SHALL record
the alias/friendly name (if any) it finds for the first Private Key in the Key
Material.
When a Get with Key Format Type PKCS#12 is issued, this
attribute informs the server what alias/friendly name the server SHALL use when
encoding the response. If this attribute is absent for the object on which the
Get is issued, the server SHOULD use an alias/friendly name of “alias”. Since
the PKCS#12 Friendly Name is defined in ASN.1 with an EQUALITY MATCHING RULE of
caseIgnoreMatch, clients and servers SHOULD utilize a lowercase text string.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
PKCS#12 Friendly Name
|
Text String
|
Table 107: PKCS#12 Friendly Name Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client or Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 108: Friendly Name Attribute Rules
The Process Start Date attribute is the date and
time when a valid Managed Object MAY begin to be used to process
cryptographically protected information (e.g., decryption or unwrapping),
depending on the value of its Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute. The object
SHALL NOT be used for these cryptographic purposes before the Process Start
Date has been reached. This value MAY be equal to or later than, but SHALL
NOT precede, the Activation Date. Once the Process Start Date has occurred,
then this attribute SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is
destroyed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Process Start Date
|
Date-Time
|
Table 109: Process Start Date Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server or Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state and as
long as the Process Start Date has been not reached.
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state and as
long as the Process Start Date has been not reached.
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Register, Derive Key, Re-key
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 110: Process Start Date Attribute Rules
The Protect Stop Date attribute is the date and
time after which a valid Managed Object SHALL NOT be used for applying
cryptographic protection (e.g., encryption or wrapping), depending on the value
of its Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute. This value MAY be equal to or earlier
than, but SHALL NOT be later than the Deactivation Date. Once the Protect
Stop Date has occurred, then this attribute SHALL NOT be changed or deleted
before the object is destroyed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Protect Stop Date
|
Date-Time
|
Table 111: Protect Stop Date Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server or Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state and as
long as the Protect Stop Date has not been reached.
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state and as
long as the Protect Stop Date has not been reached.
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Register, Derive Key, Re-key
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 112: Protect Stop Date Attribute Rules
The Protection Level attribute is the Level of
protection required for a given object.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Protection Level
|
Enumeration
|
Table 113: Protection Level Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 114: Protection Level Attribute Rules
The Protection Period attribute is the period of
time for which the output of an operation or a Managed Cryptographic Object
SHALL remain safe. The Protection Period is specified as an Interval.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Protection Period
|
Interval
|
Table 115: Protection Period Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 116: Protection Period Attribute Rules
The Protection Storage Mask attribute records which
of the requested mask values have been used for protection storage.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Protection Storage Mask
|
Integer
|
Table 117:
Protection Storage Mask
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
When object is stored
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 118:
Protection Storage Mask Rules
The Quantum Safe attribute is a flag to be set to
indicate an object is required to be Quantum Safe for the given Protection
Period and Protection Level.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Quantum Safe
|
Boolean
|
Table 119: Quantum Safe Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 120: Quantum Safe Attribute Rules
The Random Number Generator attribute contains the details
of the random number generator used during the creation of the managed
cryptographic object.
The Random Number Generator MAY be set by the
client during a Register operation. If no Random Number Generator
attribute was set by the client during a Register operation, it MAY do so at a
later time through an Add Attribute operation for that object.
It is mandatory for an object created on the server as a
result of a Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Re-key, or Re-key Key Pair
operation. In such cases the Random Number Generator SHALL be set by the
server depending on which random number generator was used. If the specific
details of the random number generator are unknown then the RNG Algorithm
within the RNG Parameters structure SHALL be set to Unspecified.
If one or more Random Number Generator attribute values
are provided in the Attributes in a Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key,
Re-key, or Re-key Key Pair operation then the server SHALL use a random number
generator that matches one of the Random Number Generator attributes. If
the server does not support or is otherwise unable to use a matching random
number generator then it SHALL fail the request.
The Random Number Generator attribute SHALL NOT be
copied from the original object in a Re-key or Re-key Key Pair operation.
In all cases, once the Random Number Generator attribute
is set, it SHALL NOT be deleted or updated.
Note: the encoding is the same as the RNG Parameters
structure using a different tag; it does not contain a nested RNG Parameters
structure.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Random Number Generator
|
RNG Parameters
|
Table 121: Random Number Generator Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client (when the object is generated by the Client
and registered) or Server (when object is generated by Server)
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key
Key Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 122: Random Number Generator Attribute Rules
The Revocation Reason attribute is a structure used
to indicate why the Managed Cryptographic Object was revoked (e.g.,
“compromised”, “expired”, “no longer used”, etc.). This attribute is only set
by the server as a part of the Revoke Operation.
The Revocation Message is an OPTIONAL field that is
used exclusively for audit trail/logging purposes and MAY contain additional
information about why the object was revoked (e.g., “Laptop stolen”, or
“Machine decommissioned”).
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Revocation Reason
|
Structure
|
|
|
Revocation Reason Code
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Revocation Message
|
Text String
|
No
|
Table 123: Revocation Reason Attribute Structure
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Revoke
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 124: Revocation Reason Attribute Rules
If set to True, specifies the Managed Object will be
automatically rotated by the server using the Rotate Interval via the
equivalent of the ReKey, ReKeyKeyPair or ReCertify operation performed by the
server.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Rotate Automatic
|
Boolean
|
Table 125: Rotate Automatic
Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client or Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
N/A
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 126: Rotate Automatic
Attribute Rules
The time when the Managed Object was rotated.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Rotate Date
|
Date Time
|
Table 127: Rotate Date Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
When object is rotated
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 128: Rotate Date Attribute
Rules
The count from zero of the number of automatic rotates or
ReKey, ReKeyKeyPair, or ReCertify operations that have occurred in order to
create this Managed Object.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Rotate Generation
|
Integer
|
Table 129: Rotate Generation
Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
When object is rotated
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 130: Rotate Generation Attribute
Rules
If set and Rotate Automatic is set to True, then
automatic rotation of the Managed Object is performed by the server when the
difference between the Initial Date of the Managed Object and the
current server time reaches or exceeds this value.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Rotate Interval
|
Interval
|
Table 131: Rotate Interval Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client or Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
When created or registered
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 132: Rotate Interval Attribute
Rules
If set to True, specifies the Managed Object is the most
recent object of the set of rotated Managed Objects.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Rotate Latest
|
Boolean
|
Table 133: Rotate Latest Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
When object is rotated by the server
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 134: Rotate Latest Attribute
Rules
The Rotate Name attribute is used to identify a set
of managed objects that have been rotated. This attribute is assigned by the
client, and the Rotate Name Value is intended to be in a form that
humans are able to interpret. The key management system MAY specify rules by
which the client creates valid rotate names. Clients are informed of such rules
by a mechanism that is not specified by this standard. Rotate Names MAY NOT be
unique within a given key management server.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
Encoding
|
|
Rotate Name
|
Structure
|
|
|
Rotate Name Value
|
Text String
|
Yes
|
|
Rotate Name Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
Table 135: Rotate Name Attribute
Structure
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 136: Rotate Name Attribute
Rules
When automatic rotation of the Managed Object is performed
by the server, specifies the Offset value to use in the equivalent of the
ReKey, ReKeyKeyPair or ReCertify operation performed by the server.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Rotate Offset
|
Interval
|
Table 137: Rotate Offset Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client or Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
When object is created or registered
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 138: Rotate Offset Attribute
Rules
If True then the server SHALL prevent the object value being
retrieved (via the Get operation) unless it is wrapped by another key. The
server SHALL set the value to False if the value is not provided by the client.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Sensitive
|
Boolean
|
Table 139: Sensitive Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Client or Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
When object is created or registered
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 140: Sensitive Attribute Rules
The Short Unique Identifier is generated by the key
management system to uniquely identify a Managed Object using a shorter
identifier. It is only REQUIRED to be unique within the identifier space
managed by a single key management system, however this identifier SHOULD be
globally unique in order to allow for a key management server export of such
objects. This attribute SHALL be assigned by the key management system upon
creation or registration of a Unique Identifier, and then SHALL NOT be
changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.
The Short Unique Identifier SHOULD be generated as
a SHA-256 hash of the Unique Identifier and SHALL be a 32 byte byte
string.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Short Unique Identifier
|
Byte String
|
Table 141: Unique Identifier Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key,
Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 142: Short Unique Identifier Attribute Rules
This attribute is an indication of the State of an
object as known to the key management server. The State SHALL NOT be changed by
using the Modify Attribute operation on this attribute. The State SHALL only be
changed by the server as a part of other operations or other server processes.
An object SHALL be in one of the following states at any given time.
Note: The states correspond to those described in [SP800-57-1].
Figure 1: Cryptographic Object States and Transitions
·
Pre-Active: The object exists and SHALL NOT be used for
any cryptographic purpose.
·
Active: The object SHALL be transitioned to the Active
state prior to being used for any cryptographic purpose. The object SHALL only
be used for all cryptographic purposes that are allowed by its Cryptographic
Usage Mask attribute. If a Process Start Date attribute is set, then the object
SHALL NOT be used for cryptographic purposes prior to the Process Start Date.
If a Protect Stop attribute is set, then the object SHALL NOT be used for
cryptographic purposes after the Process Stop Date.
·
Deactivated: The object SHALL NOT be used for applying
cryptographic protection (e.g., encryption, signing, wrapping, MACing,
deriving) . The object SHALL only be used for cryptographic purposes permitted
by the Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute. The object SHOULD only be used to
process cryptographically-protected information (e.g., decryption, signature
verification, unwrapping, MAC verification under extraordinary circumstances
and when special permission is granted.
·
Compromised: The object SHALL NOT be used for applying
cryptographic protection (e.g., encryption, signing, wrapping, MACing,
deriving). The object SHOULD only be used to process
cryptographically-protected information (e.g., decryption, signature
verification, unwrapping, MAC verification in a client that is trusted to use
managed objects that have been compromised. The object SHALL only be used for
cryptographic purposes permitted by the Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute.
·
Destroyed: The object SHALL NOT be used for any
cryptographic purpose.
·
Destroyed Compromised: The object SHALL NOT be used for
any cryptographic purpose; however its compromised status SHOULD be retained
for audit or security purposes.
State transitions occur as follows:
1. The
transition from a non-existent key to the Pre-Active state is caused by the
creation of the object. When an object is created or registered, it
automatically goes from non-existent to Pre-Active. If, however, the operation
that creates or registers the object contains an Activation Date that has
already occurred, then the state immediately transitions from Pre-Active to
Active. In this case, the server SHALL set the Activation Date attribute to the
value specified in the request, or fail the request attempting to create or
register the object, depending on server policy. If the operation contains an
Activation Date attribute that is in the future, or contains no Activation
Date, then the Cryptographic Object is initialized in the key management system
in the Pre-Active state.
2. The transition
from Pre-Active to Destroyed is caused by a client issuing a Destroy operation.
The server destroys the object when (and if) server policy dictates.
3. The
transition from Pre-Active to Compromised is caused by a client issuing a
Revoke operation with a Revocation Reason containing a Revocation Reason
Code of Compromised.
4. The
transition from Pre-Active to Active SHALL occur in one of three ways:
·
The Activation Date is reached,
·
A client successfully issues a Modify Attribute operation,
modifying the Activation Date to a date in the past, or the current date, or
·
A client issues an Activate operation on the object. The server
SHALL set the Activation Date to the time the Activate operation is received.
5. The
transition from Active to Compromised is caused by a client issuing a Revoke
operation with a Revocation Reason containing a Revocation Reason Code
of Compromised.
6. The
transition from Active to Deactivated SHALL occur in one of three ways:
·
The object's Deactivation Date is reached,
·
A client issues a Revoke operation, with a Revocation Reason containing
a Revocation Reason Code other than Compromised, or
·
The client successfully issues a Modify Attribute operation,
modifying the Deactivation Date to a date in the past, or the current date.
7. The
transition from Deactivated to Destroyed is caused by a client issuing a
Destroy operation, or by a server, both in accordance with server policy. The
server destroys the object when (and if) server policy dictates.
8. The
transition from Deactivated to Compromised is caused by a client issuing a
Revoke operation with a Revocation Reason containing a Revocation Reason
Code of Compromised.
9. The
transition from Compromised to Destroyed Compromised is caused by a client
issuing a Destroy operation, or by a server, both in accordance with server
policy. The server destroys the object when (and if) server policy dictates.
10. The transition from
Destroyed to Destroyed Compromised is caused by a client issuing a Revoke
operation with a Revocation Reason containing a Revocation Reason Code of
Compromised.
Only the transitions described
above are permitted.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
State
|
Enumeration
|
Table 143: State Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No, but only by the server in response to certain
requests (see above)
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key,
Activate, Revoke, Destroy, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 144: State Attribute Rules
The Unique Identifier is generated by the key
management system to uniquely identify a Managed Object. It is only REQUIRED to
be unique within the identifier space managed by a single key management
system, however this identifier SHOULD be globally unique in order to allow for
a key management server export of such objects. This attribute SHALL be
assigned by the key management system at creation or registration time, and
then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.
|
Encoding
|
Description
|
|
Text String
|
Unique Identifier of a Managed Object.
|
|
Enumeration
|
Unique Identifier Enumeration
|
|
Integer
|
Zero based nth Unique Identifier in the response. If
negative the count is backwards from the beginning of the current operation’s
batch item.
|
Table 145: Unique Identifier encoding descriptions
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Text String, Enumeration or Integer
|
Table 146: Unique Identifier Attribute
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key,
Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 147: Unique Identifier Attribute Rules
The Usage Limits attribute is a mechanism for
limiting the usage of a Managed Object. It only applies to Managed Objects that
are able to be used for applying cryptographic protection and it SHALL only
reflect their usage for applying that protection (e.g., encryption, signing,
etc.). This attribute does not necessarily exist for all Managed Cryptographic
Objects, since some objects are able to be used without limit for
cryptographically protecting data, depending on client/server policies. Usage
for processing cryptographically protected data (e.g., decryption,
verification, etc.) is not limited. The Usage Limits attribute contains the
Usage Limit structure which has the three following fields:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Usage Limits Total
|
The total number of Usage Limits Units allowed to be
protected. This is the total value for the entire life of the object and
SHALL NOT be changed once the object begins to be used for applying
cryptographic protection.
|
|
Usage Limits Count
|
The currently remaining number of Usage Limits Units
allowed to be protected by the object.
|
|
Usage Limits Unit
|
The type of quantity for which this structure
specifies a usage limit (e.g., byte, object).
|
Table 148;: Usage Limits Descriptions
When the attribute is initially set (usually during object
creation or registration), the Usage Limits Count is set to the Usage Limits
Total value allowed for the useful life of the object, and are decremented when
the object is used. The server SHALL ignore the Usage Limits Count value if the
attribute is specified in an operation that creates a new object. Changes made
via the Modify Attribute operation reflect corrections to the Usage Limits
Total value, but they SHALL NOT be changed once the Usage Limits Count value
has changed by a Get Usage Allocation operation. The Usage Limits Count value
SHALL NOT be set or modified by the client via the Add Attribute or Modify Attribute
operations.
|
SHALL always have a value
|
No
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server (Usage Limits Total, Usage Limits Count, and
Usage Limits Unit) or Client (Usage Limits Total and/or Usage Limits Unit
only)
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
Yes
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
Yes (Usage Limits Total and/or Usage Limits Unit
only, as long as Get Usage Allocation has not been performed)
|
|
Deletable by client
|
Yes, as long as Get Usage Allocation has not been
performed
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key,
Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Get Usage Allocation
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
All Objects
|
Table 149: Usage Limits Attribute Rules
A vendor specific Attribute is a structure used for
sending and receiving a Managed Object attribute. The Vendor Identification
and Attribute Name are text-strings that are used to identify the
attribute. The Attribute Value is either a primitive data type or
structured object, depending on the attribute. Vendor identification values “x”
and “y” are reserved for KMIP v2.0 and later implementations referencing KMIP
v1.x Custom Attributes.
Vendor Attributes created by the client with Vendor Identification
“x” are not created (provided during object creation), set, added, adjusted,
modified or deleted by the server.
Vendor Attributes created by the server with Vendor Identification
“y” are not created (provided during object creation), set, added, adjusted, modified
or deleted by the client.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Attribute
|
Structure
|
|
|
Vendor Identification
|
Text String (with usage limited to alphanumeric,
underscore and period – i.e. [A-Za-z0-9_.])
|
Yes
|
|
Attribute Name
|
Text String
|
Yes
|
|
Attribute Value
|
Varies, depending on attribute.
|
Yes, except for the Notify operation
|
Table 150: Attribute Object Structure
The X.509 Certificate Identifier attribute
is a structure used to provide the identification of an X.509 public key
certificate. The X.509 Certificate Identifier contains the Issuer Distinguished
Name (i.e., from the Issuer field of the X.509 certificate) and the Certificate
Serial Number (i.e., from the Serial Number field of the X.509 certificate).
The X.509 Certificate Identifier SHALL be set by the server when the X.509
certificate is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted
before the object is destroyed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
X.509 Certificate Identifier
|
Structure
|
|
|
Issuer Distinguished
Name
|
Byte String
|
Yes
|
|
Certificate Serial
Number
|
Byte String
|
Yes
|
Table 151: X.509
Certificate Identifier Attribute Structure
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Register, Certify, Re-certify
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
X.509 Certificates
|
Table 152: X.509 Certificate Identifier Attribute
Rules
The X.509 Certificate Issuer attribute is a
structure used to identify the issuer of a X.509 certificate, containing the
Issuer Distinguished Name (i.e., from the Issuer field of the X.509
certificate). It MAY include one or more alternative names (e.g., email
address, IP address, DNS name) for the issuer of the certificate (i.e., from
the Issuer Alternative Name extension within the X.509 certificate). The server
SHALL set these values based on the information it extracts from a X.509
certificate that is created as a result of a Certify or a Re-certify operation
or is sent as part of a Register operation. These values SHALL NOT be changed
or deleted before the object is destroyed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
X.509 Certificate Issuer
|
Structure
|
|
|
Issuer
Distinguished Name
|
Byte String
|
Yes
|
|
Issuer
Alternative Name
|
Byte
String, MAY be repeated
|
No
|
Table 153:
X.509 Certificate Issuer Attribute Structure
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Register, Certify, Re-certify
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
X.509 Certificates
|
Table 154: X.509 Certificate Issuer
Attribute Rules
4.63 X.509 Certificate
Subject
The X.509 Certificate Subject attribute is a
structure used to identify the subject of a X.509 certificate. The X.509 Certificate
Subject contains the Subject Distinguished Name (i.e., from the Subject field
of the X.509 certificate). It MAY include one or more alternative names (e.g.,
email address, IP address, DNS name) for the subject of the X.509 certificate
(i.e., from the Subject Alternative Name extension within the X.509
certificate). The X.509 Certificate Subject SHALL be set by the server based
on the information it extracts from the X.509 certificate that is created (as a
result of a Certify or a Re-certify operation) or registered (as part of a
Register operation) and SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is
destroyed.
If the Subject Alternative Name extension is included in
the X.509 certificate and is marked critical within the X.509 certificate itself,
then an X.509 certificate MAY be issued with the subject field left blank.
Therefore an empty string is an acceptable value for the Subject Distinguished
Name.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
X.509 Certificate Subject
|
Structure
|
|
|
Subject Distinguished
Name
|
Byte String
|
Yes, but MAY be the empty
string
|
|
Subject
Alternative Name
|
Byte
String, MAY be repeated
|
Yes, if the Subject Distinguished Name
is an empty string.
|
Table 155: X.509 Certificate Subject Attribute
Structure
|
SHALL always have a value
|
Yes
|
|
Initially set by
|
Server
|
|
Modifiable by server
|
No
|
|
Modifiable by client
|
No
|
|
Deletable by client
|
No
|
|
Multiple instances permitted
|
No
|
|
When implicitly set
|
Register, Certify, Re-certify
|
|
Applies to Object Types
|
X.509 Certificates
|
Table 156:
X.509 Certificate Subject Attribute Rules
This structure is used in various operations to provide
the desired attribute values in the request and to return the actual attribute
values in the response.
The Attributes
structure is defined as follows:
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Attributes
|
Structure
|
|
|
Any attribute in §4
- Object Attributes
|
Any, MAY be repeated
|
No
|
Table 157: Attributes Definition
This structure is used in various operations to provide
the desired attribute values in the request and to return the actual attribute
values in the response.
The Common Attributes structure is defined as follows:
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Common Attributes
|
Structure
|
|
|
Any attribute in §4
- Object Attributes
|
Any, MAY be repeated
|
No
|
Table 158: Common Attributes Definition
This structure is used in various operations to provide
the desired attribute values in the request and to return the actual attribute
values in the response.
The Private Key Attributes structure is defined as follows:
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Private Key Attributes
|
Structure
|
|
|
Any attribute in §4
- Object Attributes
|
Any, MAY be repeated
|
No
|
Table 159: Private Key Attributes
Definition
This structure is used in various operations to provide
the desired attribute values in the request and to return the actual attribute
values in the response.
The Public Key Attributes structure is defined as follows:
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Public Key Attributes
|
Structure
|
|
|
Any attribute in §4
- Object Attributes
|
Any, MAY be repeated
|
No
|
Table 160: Public Key Attributes
Definition
These structures are used in various operations to provide
reference to an attribute by name or by tag in a request or response.
The Attribute
Reference definition is as follows:
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Attribute Reference
|
Structure
|
|
|
Vendor
Identification
|
Text String (with usage
limited to alphanumeric, underscore and period – i.e. [A-Za-z0-9_.])
|
Yes
|
|
Attribute Name
|
Text String
|
Yes
|
OR
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Attribute Reference
|
Enumeration (Tag)
|
Yes
|
Table 161: Attribute Reference Definition
Structure used in various operations to provide the Current
Attribute value in the request.
The Current
Attribute structure is defined identically as follows:
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Current Attribute
|
Structure
|
|
|
Any attribute in §4
- Object Attributes
|
Any
|
Yes
|
Table 162: Current Attribute Definition
Structure used in various operations to provide the New
Attribute value in the request.
The New
Attribute structure is defined identically as follows:
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
New Attribute
|
Structure
|
|
|
Any attribute in §4
- Object Attributes
|
Any
|
Yes
|
Table 163: New Attribute Definition
The following subsections describe the operations that MAY
be requested by a key management client. Not all clients have to be capable of
issuing all operation requests; however any client that issues a specific
request SHALL be capable of understanding the response to the request. All
Object Management operations are issued in requests from clients to servers,
and results obtained in responses from servers to clients. Multiple operations
MAY be combined within a batch, resulting in a single request/response message
pair.
A number of the operations whose descriptions follow are
affected by a mechanism referred to as the ID Placeholder.
The key management server SHALL implement a temporary
variable called the ID Placeholder. This value consists of a single Unique
Identifier. It is a variable stored inside the server that is only valid and
preserved during the execution of a batch of operations. Once the batch of
operations has been completed, the ID Placeholder value SHALL be discarded
and/or invalidated by the server, so that subsequent requests do not find this
previous ID Placeholder available.
The ID Placeholder is obtained from the Unique Identifier
returned in response to the Create, Create Pair, Register, Derive Key, Re-key,
Re-key Key Pair, Certify, Re-Certify, Locate, and Recover operations. If any of
these operations successfully completes and returns a Unique Identifier, then
the server SHALL copy this Unique Identifier into the ID Placeholder variable,
where it is held until the completion of the operations remaining in the
batched request or until a subsequent operation in the batch causes the ID
Placeholder to be replaced. If the Batch Order Option is set to true (or
unspecified), then subsequent operations in the batched request MAY make use of
the ID Placeholder by omitting the Unique Identifier field from the request
payloads for these operations.
Requests MAY contain attribute values to be assigned to
the object. This information is specified with zero or more individual
attributes.
For any operations that operate on Managed Objects already
stored on the server, any archived object SHALL first be made available by a
Recover operation before they MAY be specified (i.e., as on-line objects).
Multi-part cryptographic operations (operations where a stream
of data is provided across multiple requests from a client to a server) are
optionally supported by those cryptographic operations that include the
Correlation Value, Init Indicator and Final Indicator request parameters.
For multi-part cryptographic operations the following
sequence is performed
- On the first request
a. Provide an
Init Indicator with a value of True
b. Provide
any other required parameters
c. Preserve
the Correlation Value returned in the response for use in subsequent requests
d. Use the
Data output (if any) from the response
- On subsequent requests
a. Provide
the Correlation Value from the response to the first request
b. Provide
any other required parameters
c. Use the
next block of Data output (if any) from the response
- On the final request
a. Provide the
Correlation Value from the response to the first request
b. Provide a
Final Indicator with a value of True
c. Use the
final block of Data output (if any) from the response
Single-part cryptographic operations (operations where a
single input is provided and a single response returned) the following sequence
is performed:
- On each request
a. Do not
provide an Init Indicator, Final Indicator or Correlation Value or provide an
Init indicator and Final Indicator but no Correlation Value.
b. Provide
any other required parameters
c. Use the
Data output from the response
Data is always required in cryptographic operations except
when either Init Indicator or Final Indicator is true.
The list of Result Reasons listed for each Operation is not
exhaustive for each Operation. Any Result Reason listed in the Message Data
Structures Section MAY be used. A Server SHALL return the most appropriate
Result Reason for the given context.
6.1.1 Activate
This operation requests the server to activate a Managed
Object. The operation SHALL only be performed on an object in the Pre-Active
state and has the effect of changing its state to Active, and setting its
Activation Date to the current date and time.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the object being activated. If omitted,
then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
Table 164: Activate Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
Table 165: Activate Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Activate Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Object Type, Object Not Found, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation Failed,
Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message,
Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 166: Activate Errors
This operation requests the server to add a new attribute
instance to be associated with a Managed Object and set its value. The request
contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object to which the attribute
pertains, along with the attribute name and value. For single-instance
attributes, this creates the attribute value. For multi-instance attributes,
this is how the first and subsequent values are created. Existing attribute
values SHALL NOT be changed by this operation. Read-Only attributes SHALL NOT
be added using the Add Attribute operation.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Unique Identifier of the object. If omitted,
then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique
Identifier.
|
|
New Attribute
|
Yes
|
Specifies the attribute to be added to the object.
|
Table 167: Add Attribute Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
Table 168: Add Attribute Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Add Attribute Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Attribute
Single Valued, Invalid Attribute, Invalid Message, Non Unique Name Attribute,
Object Not Found, Read Only Attribute, Server Limit Exceeded, Attestation
Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid
Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large, Wrong
Key Lifecycle State
|
Table 169: Add Attribute Errors
This operation requests the server to adjust the value of
an attribute. The request contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object
to which the attribute pertains, along with the attribute reference and value.
If the object did not have value for the attribute, the previous value is
assumed to be a 0 for numeric types and intervals, or false for Boolean,
otherwise an error is raised. If the object had exactly one instance, then it
is modified. If it has more than one instance an error is raised. Read-Only
attributes SHALL NOT be added or modified using this operation.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Unique Identifier of the object. If omitted,
then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique
Identifier.
|
|
Attribute Reference
|
Yes
|
The attribute to be adjusted.
|
|
Adjustment Type
|
Yes
|
The adjustment to be made.
|
|
Adjustment Value
|
No
|
The value for the adjustment
|
Table 170: Adjust Attribute Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
Table 171: Adjust Attribute Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Adjust Attribute Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Data Type, Item Not Found, Multi Valued Attribute, Numeric Range, Object
Archived, Read Only Attribute, Unsupported Attribute, Attestation Failed,
Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message,
Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large, Wrong Key Lifecycle
State
|
Table 172: Adjust Attribute Errors
This operation is used to specify that a Managed Object
MAY be archived. The actual time when the object is archived, the location of
the archive, or level of archive hierarchy is determined by the policies within
the key management system and is not specified by the client. The request
contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object. This request is only an
indication from a client that, from its point of view, the key management
system MAY archive the object.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the object being archived. If omitted,
then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
Table 173: Archive Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
Table 174: Archive Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Archive Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Object
Archived, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature
Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported,
Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 175: Archive Errors
This operation requests the server to cancel an outstanding
asynchronous operation. The correlation value of the original operation SHALL
be specified in the request. The server SHALL respond with a Cancellation
Result. The response to this operation is not able to be asynchronous.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Asynchronous Correlation Value
|
Yes
|
Specifies the request being canceled.
|
Table 176: Cancel Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Asynchronous Correlation Value
|
Yes
|
Specified in the request.
|
|
Cancellation Result
|
Yes
|
Enumeration indicating the result of the
cancellation.
|
Table 177: Cancel Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Cancel Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Asynchronous Correlation Value, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature
Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported,
Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 178: Cancel Errors
This request is used to generate a Certificate object for
a public key. This request supports the certification of a new public key, as
well as the certification of a public key that has already been certified
(i.e., certificate update). Only a single certificate SHALL be requested at a
time.
The Certificate Request object MAY be omitted, in which
case the public key for which a Certificate object is generated SHALL be
specified by its Unique Identifier only. If the Certificate Request Type and
the Certificate Request objects are omitted from the request, then the Certificate
Type SHALL be specified using the Attributes object.
The Certificate Request is passed as a Byte String, which
allows multiple certificate request types for X.509 certificates (e.g.,
PKCS#10, PEM, etc.) to be submitted to the server.
The generated Certificate object whose Unique Identifier is returned MAY be obtained by the client via a
Get operation in the same batch, using the ID Placeholder mechanism.
For the public key, the server SHALL create a Link
attribute of Link Type Certificate pointing to the generated certificate. For
the generated certificate, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link
Type Public Key pointing to the Public Key.
The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier of the
generated certificate returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder
variable.
If the information in the Certificate Request conflicts
with the attributes specified in the Attributes, then the information in the
Certificate Request takes precedence.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Unique Identifier of the Public Key or the
Certificate Request being certified. If omitted and Certificate Request is
not present, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the
Unique Identifier.
|
|
Certificate Request Type
|
No
|
An Enumeration object specifying the type of
certificate request. It is REQUIRED if the Certificate Request is present.
|
|
Certificate Request Value
|
No
|
A Byte String object with the certificate request.
|
|
Attributes
|
No
|
Specifies desired object attributes.
|
|
Protection Storage Masks
|
No
|
Specifies all permissible Protection Storage Mask
selections for the new object
|
Table 179: Certify Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the generated Certificate
object.
|
Table 180: Certify Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Certify Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
CSR, Invalid Object Type, Item Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation
Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation
Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection Storage Unavailable, Response
Too Large
|
Table 181: Certify Errors
This operation requests that the server check for the use
of a Managed Object according to values specified in the request. This
operation SHOULD only be used when placed in a batched set of operations,
usually following a Locate, Create, Create Pair, Derive Key, Certify,
Re-Certify, Re-key or Re-key Key Pair operation, and followed by a Get
operation.
If the server determines that the client is allowed to use
the object according to the specified attributes, then the server returns the
Unique Identifier of the object.
If the server determines that the client is not allowed to
use the object according to the specified attributes, then the server empties
the ID Placeholder and does not return the Unique Identifier, and the operation
returns the set of attributes specified in the request that caused the server
policy denial. The only attributes returned are those that resulted in the
server determining that the client is not allowed to use the object, thus
allowing the client to determine how to proceed.
In a batch containing a Check operation the Batch Order
Option SHOULD be set to true. Only STOP or UNDO Batch Error Continuation Option
values SHOULD be used by the client in such a batch. Additional attributes that
MAY be specified in the request are limited to:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Usage Limits Count
|
The request MAY contain the usage amount that the
client deems necessary to complete its needed function. This does not require
that any subsequent Get Usage Allocation operations request this amount. It
only means that the client is ensuring that the amount specified is
available.
|
|
Cryptographic Usage Mask
|
This is used to specify the cryptographic operations
for which the client intends to use the object (see Section 3.19). This
allows the server to determine if the policy allows this client to perform
these operations with the object. Note that this MAY be a different value
from the one specified in a Locate operation that precedes this operation.
Locate, for example, MAY specify a Cryptographic Usage Mask requesting a key
that MAY be used for both Encryption and Decryption, but the value in the
Check operation MAY specify that the client is only using the key for
Encryption at this time.
|
|
Lease Time
|
This specifies a desired lease time (see Section
3.20). The client MAY use this to determine if the server allows the client
to use the object with the specified lease or longer. Including this
attribute in the Check operation does not actually cause the server to grant
a lease, but only indicates that the requested lease time value MAY be
granted if requested by a subsequent, batched Obtain Lease operation.
|
Table 182: Check value description
Note that these objects are not encoded in an Attribute
structure.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the object being checked. If omitted,
then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Usage Limits Count
|
No
|
Specifies the number of Usage Limits Units to be protected to be checked
against server policy.
|
|
Cryptographic Usage Mask
|
No
|
Specifies the Cryptographic Usage for which the
client intends to use the object.
|
|
Lease Time
|
No
|
Specifies a Lease Time value that the Client is
asking the server to validate against server policy.
|
Table 183: Check Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes, unless a failure,
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
|
Usage Limits Count
|
No
|
Returned by the Server if the Usage Limits value
specified in the Request Payload is larger than the value that the server
policy allows.
|
|
Cryptographic Usage Mask
|
No
|
Returned by the Server if the Cryptographic Usage
Mask specified in the Request Payload is rejected by the server for policy
violation.
|
|
Lease Time
|
No
|
Returned by the Server if the Lease Time value in
the Request Payload is larger than a valid Lease Time that the server MAY
grant.
|
Table 184: Check Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Check Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Illegal
Object Type, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask, Object Not Found, Usage
Limit Exceeded, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not
Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported,
Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 185: Check Errors
This operation requests the server to generate a new
symmetric key or generate Secret Data as a Managed Cryptographic Object.
The request contains information about the type of object
being created, and some of the attributes to be assigned to the object (e.g.,
Cryptographic Algorithm, Cryptographic Length, etc.).
The response contains the Unique Identifier of the created
object. The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this operation
into the ID Placeholder variable.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Object Type
|
Yes
|
Determines the type of object to be created.
|
|
Attributes
|
Yes
|
Specifies desired attributes to be associated with
the new object.
|
|
Protection Storage Masks
|
No
|
Specifies all permissible Protection Storage Mask selections
for the new object
|
Table
186: Create Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Object Type
|
Yes
|
Type of object created.
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the newly created object.
|
Table
187: Create Response Payload
6.1.8.1
Error Handling - Create
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Create operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Attribute
Read Only, Attribute Single Valued, Cryptographic Failure, Invalid Attribute,
Invalid Attribute Value, Invalid Object Type, Non Unique Name Attribute, Read
Only Attribute, Server Limit Exceeded, Unsupported Attribute, Attestation
Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid
Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection Storage
Unavailable, Response Too Large
|
Table 188: Create Errors
This operation requests the server to generate a new
public/private key pair and register the two corresponding new Managed
Cryptographic Objects.
The request contains attributes to be assigned to the
objects (e.g., Cryptographic Algorithm, Cryptographic Length, etc.). Attributes
MAY be specified for both keys at the same time by specifying a Common
Attributes object in the request. Attributes not common to both keys (e.g.,
Name, Cryptographic Usage Mask) MAY be specified using the Private Key
Attributes and Public Key Attributes objects in the request, which take
precedence over the Common Attributes object.
For the Private Key, the server SHALL create a Link
attribute of Link Type Public Key pointing to the Public Key. For the Public
Key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Private Key pointing
to the Private Key. The response contains the Unique Identifiers of both
created objects. The ID Placeholder value SHALL be set to the Unique Identifier
of the Private Key.
|
Request
Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Common Attributes
|
No
|
Specifies desired attributes to be associated with
the new object that apply to both the Private and Public Key Objects.
|
|
Private Key Attributes
|
No
|
Specifies the attributes to be associated with the
new object that apply to the Private Key Object.
|
|
Public Key Attributes
|
No
|
Specifies the attributes to be associated with the
new object that apply to the Public Key Object.
|
|
Common Protection Storage Masks
|
No
|
Specifies all Protection
Storage Mask selections that are
permissible for the new Private Key
and Public Key objects.
|
|
Private Protection Storage Masks
|
No
|
Specifies all Protection
Storage Mask selections that are
permissible for the new Private Key
object.
|
|
Public Protection Storage Masks
|
No
|
Specifies all Protection
Storage Mask selections that are
permissible for the new Public Key
object.
|
Table
189: Create Key Pair Request Payload
For multi-instance attributes, the
union of the values found in the attributes of the Common, Private, and Public
Key Attributes SHALL be used.
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Private Key Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the newly created Private
Key object.
|
|
Public Key Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the newly created Public
Key object.
|
Table
190: Create Key Pair Response Payload
Table 191 indicates which
attributes SHALL have the same value for the Private and Public Key.
|
Attribute
|
SHALL contain the same value for both
Private and Public Key
|
|
Cryptographic Algorithm
|
Yes
|
|
Cryptographic Length
|
Yes
|
|
Cryptographic Domain Parameters
|
Yes
|
|
Cryptographic Parameters
|
Yes
|
Table 191: Create Key Pair
Attribute Requirements
Setting the same Cryptographic Length value for both private
and public key does not imply that both keys are of equal length. For RSA,
Cryptographic Length corresponds to the bit length of the Modulus. For DSA and
DH algorithms, Cryptographic Length corresponds to the bit length of parameter
P, and the bit length of Q is set separately in the Cryptographic Domain
Parameters attribute. For ECDSA, ECDH, and ECMQV algorithms, Cryptographic
Length corresponds to the bit length of parameter Q.
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Create Key Pair Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Attribute
Read Only, Attribute Single Valued, Cryptographic Failure, Invalid Attribute,
Invalid Attribute Value, Non Unique Name Attribute, Server Limit Exceeded,
Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid
Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Private
Protection Storage Unavailable, Public Protection Storage Unavailable,
Response Too Large
|
Table 192: Create Key Pair Errors
This operation requests the server to generate a new split
key and register all the splits as individual new Managed Cryptographic
Objects.
The request contains attributes to be assigned to the
objects (e.g., Split Key Parts, Split Key Threshold, Split Key Method, Cryptographic
Algorithm, Cryptographic Length, etc.). The request MAY contain the Unique
Identifier of an existing cryptographic object that the client requests be
split by the server. If the attributes supplied in the request do not match
those of the key supplied, the attributes of the key take precedence.
The response contains the Unique Identifiers of all created
objects. The ID Placeholder value SHALL be set to the Unique Identifier of the
split whose Key Part Identifier is 1.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Object Type
|
Yes
|
Determines the type of object to be created.
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Unique Identifier of the key to be split (if applicable).
|
|
Split Key Parts
|
Yes
|
The total number of parts.
|
|
Split Key Threshold
|
Yes
|
The minimum number of parts needed to reconstruct the entire key.
|
|
Split Key Method
|
Yes
|
|
|
Prime Field Size
|
No
|
|
|
Attributes
|
Yes
|
Specifies desired object attributes.
|
|
Protection Storage Masks
|
No
|
Specifies all permissible Protection Storage Mask selections for the
new object
|
Table 193: Create Split Key Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes, MAY be repeated
|
The list of Unique Identifiers of the newly created objects.
|
Table 194: Create Split Key Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Create Split Key Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Bad
Cryptographic Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Invalid Attribute, Invalid
Attribute Value, Invalid Object type, Item Not Found, Non Unique Name
Attribute, Server Limit Exceeded, Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters,
Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid
Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection
Storage Unavailable, Response Too Large
|
Table 195: Create Split Key Errors
This operation requests the server to perform a decryption
operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as the key
for the decryption operation.
The request contains information about the cryptographic
parameters (mode and padding method), the data to be decrypted, and the
IV/Counter/Nonce to use. The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the
request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed
Cryptographic Object. The initialization vector/counter/nonce MAY also be
omitted from the request if the algorithm does not use an IV/Counter/Nonce.
The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed
Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the decryption
operation.
The success or failure of the operation is indicated by
the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the
key to use for the decryption operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder
value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Cryptographic
Parameters
|
No
|
The Cryptographic Parameters (Block Cipher Mode, Padding Method)
corresponding to the particular decryption method requested.
If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed
Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation
SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.
|
|
Data
|
Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.
|
The data to be decrypted.
|
|
IV/Counter/Nonce
|
No
|
The initialization vector, counter or nonce to be used (where
appropriate).
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as
returned from a previous call to this operation).
|
|
Init Indicator
|
No
|
Initial operation as Boolean
|
|
Final Indicator
|
No
|
Final operation as Boolean
|
|
Authenticated
Encryption Additional Data
|
No
|
Additional data to be authenticated via the Authenticated Encryption
Tag. If supplied in multi-part decryption, this data MUST be supplied on the
initial Decrypt request
|
|
Authenticated
Encryption Tag
|
No
|
Specifies the tag that will be needed to authenticate the decrypted
data and the additional authenticated data. If supplied in multi-part
decryption, this data MUST be supplied on the initial Decrypt request
|
Table 196: Decrypt Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the
key used for the decryption operation.
|
|
Data
|
No.
|
The decrypted data (as a Byte String).
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent
calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.
|
Table 197: Decrypt Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Decrypt Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Bad
Cryptographic Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Cryptographic Failure, Incompatible
Cryptographic Usage Mask, Invalid Correlation Value, Invalid Object Type, Key
Value Not Present, Missing Initialization Vector, Object Not Found,
Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation
Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid
Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 198: Decrypt Errors
This operation requests the server to allow future
requests to be authenticated using Ticket data that is returned by this
operation. Requests using the ticket MUST only be permitted to perform the
operations specified in the Rights section.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Lease Time
|
No
|
The lease time Interval or Date Time for the ticket.
|
|
Request Count
|
No
|
The integer count of the number of requests that can
be made with the ticket
|
|
Usage Limits
|
No
|
The usage limits for operations performed.
|
|
Rights
|
Yes
|
List of Rights granted to the ticket holder which
may only perform operations allowed by at least one of the contained Right
structures.
|
Table 199: Delegated Login Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Ticket
|
Yes
|
The Ticket that is returned
|
Table 200: Delegated Login Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Delegated Login Operation
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Field, Permission Denied, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature
Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported,
Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 201: Delegated Login Errors
This operation requests the server to delete an attribute
associated with a Managed Object. The request contains the Unique Identifier of
the Managed Object whose attribute is to be deleted, the Current Attribute of
the attribute. Attributes that are always REQUIRED to have a value SHALL never
be deleted by this operation. Attempting to delete a non-existent attribute or
specifying an Current Attribute for which there exists no attribute value SHALL
result in an error. If no Current Attribute is specified in the request, and an
Attribute Reference is specified, then all instances of the specified attribute
SHALL be deleted.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the object whose attributes are being
deleted. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as
the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Current Attribute
|
No
|
Specifies the attribute associated with the object
to be deleted.
|
|
Attribute Reference
|
No
|
Specifies the reference for the attribute associated
with the object to be deleted.
|
Table 202: Delete Attribute Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
Table 203: Delete Attribute Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Delete Attribute Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Attribute
Instance Not Found, Attribute Not Found, Attribute Read Only, Invalid
Attribute, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required,
Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not
Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large, Wrong Key Lifecycle State
|
Table 204: Delete Attribute Errors
This request is used to derive a Symmetric Key or Secret
Data object from keys or Secret Data objects that are already known to the key
management system. The request SHALL only apply to Managed Objects that have
the Derive Key bit set in the Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute of the
specified Managed Object (i.e., are able to be used for key derivation). If the
operation is issued for an object that does not have this bit set, then the
server SHALL return an error. For all derivation methods, the client SHALL
specify the desired length of the derived key or Secret Data object using the Cryptographic
Length attribute. If a key is created, then the client SHALL specify both its
Cryptographic Length and Cryptographic Algorithm. If the specified length
exceeds the output of the derivation method, then the server SHALL return an
error. Clients MAY derive multiple keys and IVs by requesting the creation of a
Secret Data object and specifying a Cryptographic Length that is the total
length of the derived object. If the specified length exceeds the output of the
derivation method, then the server SHALL return an error.
The fields in the Derive Key request specify the Unique
Identifiers of the keys or Secret Data objects to be used for derivation (e.g.,
some derivation methods MAY use multiple keys or Secret Data objects to derive
the result), the method to be used to perform the derivation, and any
parameters needed by the specified method.
The server SHALL perform the derivation function, and then
register the derived object as a new Managed Object, returning the new Unique
Identifier for the new object in the response. The server SHALL copy the Unique
Identifier returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.
For
the keys or Secret Data objects from which the key or Secret Data object is
derived, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Derived Key
pointing to the Symmetric Key or Secret Data object derived as a result
of this operation. For the
Symmetric Key or Secret Data object derived as a result of this
operation, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Derivation Base Object
pointing to the keys or Secret Data objects from which the key or Secret Data
object is derived.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Object Type
|
Yes
|
Determines the type of object to be created.
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes. MAY be repeated
|
Determines the object or objects to be used to
derive a new key. Note that the current value of the ID Placeholder SHALL NOT
be used in place of a Unique Identifier in this operation.
|
|
Derivation Method
|
Yes
|
An Enumeration object specifying the method to be
used to derive the new key.
|
|
Derivation Parameters
|
Yes
|
A Structure object containing the parameters needed
by the specified derivation method.
|
|
Attributes
|
Yes
|
Specifies desired attributes to be associated with
the new object; the length and algorithm SHALL always be specified for the
creation of a symmetric key.
|
Table 205: Derive Key Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the newly derived key or Secret Data object.
|
Table 206: Derive Key Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Derive Key Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Bad
Cryptographic parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Incompatible Cryptographic
Usage Mask, Invalid Attribute, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Invalid Object
Type, Key Value Not Present, Non Unique Name Attribute, Object Not Found,
Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation
Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid
Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 207: Derive Key Errors
This operation is used to indicate to the server that the
key material for the specified Managed Object SHALL be destroyed or rendered
inaccessible. The meta-data for the key material SHALL be retained by the
server. Objects SHALL only be destroyed if they are in either Pre-Active or
Deactivated state.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the object being destroyed. If omitted,
then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
Table 208: Destroy Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
Table 209: Destroy Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Destroy Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Object
Destroyed, Object Not Found, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation Failed,
Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message,
Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 210: Destroy Errors
This operation is used by the client to determine a list
of protocol versions that is supported by the server. The request payload
contains an OPTIONAL list of protocol versions that is supported by the client.
The protocol versions SHALL be ranked in decreasing order of preference.
The response payload contains a list of protocol versions
that are supported by the server. The protocol versions are ranked in
decreasing order of preference. If the client provides the server with a list
of supported protocol versions in the request payload, the server SHALL return
only the protocol versions that are supported by both the client and server.
The server SHOULD list all the protocol versions supported by both client and
server. If the protocol version specified in the request header is not
specified in the request payload and the server does not support any protocol
version specified in the request payload, the server SHALL return an empty list
in the response payload. If no protocol versions are specified in the request
payload, the server SHOULD return all the protocol versions that are supported
by the server.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Protocol Version
|
No, MAY be Repeated
|
The list of protocol versions supported by the
client ordered in decreasing order of preference.
|
Table 211: Discover Versions Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Protocol Version
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
The list of protocol versions supported by the
server ordered in decreasing order of preference.
|
Table 212: Discover Versions Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Discover Versions Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Attestation
Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid
Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 213: Discover Versions Errors
This operation requests the server to perform an
encryption operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object
as the key for the encryption operation.
The request contains information about the cryptographic
parameters (mode and padding method), the data to be encrypted, and the
IV/Counter/Nonce to use. The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the
request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed
Cryptographic Object. The IV/Counter/Nonce MAY also be omitted from the request
if the cryptographic parameters indicate that the server shall generate a Random
IV on behalf of the client or the encryption algorithm does not need an
IV/Counter/Nonce. The server does not store or otherwise manage the
IV/Counter/Nonce.
If the Managed Cryptographic Object referenced has a Usage
Limits attribute then the server SHALL obtain an allocation from the current
Usage Limits value prior to performing the encryption operation. If the
allocation is unable to be obtained the operation SHALL return with a result
status of Operation Failed and result reason of Permission Denied.
The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed
Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the encryption
operation.
The success or failure of the operation is indicated by
the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the
key to use for the encryption operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder
value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Cryptographic
Parameters
|
No
|
The Cryptographic Parameters (Block Cipher Mode, Padding Method,
RandomIV) corresponding to the particular encryption method requested.
If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed
Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation
SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.
|
|
Data
|
Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.
|
The data to be.
|
|
IV/Counter/Nonce
|
No
|
The initialization vector, counter or nonce to be used (where
appropriate).
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as
returned from a previous call to this operation).
|
|
Init Indicator
|
No
|
Initial operation as Boolean
|
|
Final Indicator
|
No
|
Final operation as Boolean
|
|
Authenticated
Encryption Additional Data
|
No
|
Any additional data to be authenticated via the Authenticated
Encryption Tag. If supplied in multi-part encryption, this data MUST be
supplied on the initial Encrypt request
|
Table 214: Encrypt Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that was the
key used for the encryption operation.
|
|
Data
|
No.
|
The encrypted data (as a Byte String).
|
|
IV/Counter/Nonce
|
No
|
The value used if the Cryptographic Parameters specified Random IV and
the IV/Counter/Nonce value was not provided in the request and the algorithm
requires the provision of an IV/Counter/Nonce.
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent
calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.
|
|
Authenticated
Encryption Tag
|
No
|
Specifies the tag that will be needed to authenticate the decrypted
data (and any “additional data”). Only returned on completion of the
encryption of the last of the plaintext by an authenticated encryption
cipher.
|
Table 215: Encrypt Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Encrypt Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Bad
Cryptographic Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Incompatible Cryptographic
Usage Mask, Invalid Correlation Value, Invalid Object Type, Key Value Not
Present, Missing Initialization Vector, Object Not Found, Unsupported
Cryptographic Parameters, Usage Limit Exceeded, Wrong Key Lifecycle State,
Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid
Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response
Too Large
|
Table 216: Encrypt Errors
This operation requests that the server returns a Managed
Object specified by its Unique Identifier, together with its attributes.
The Key Format Type, Key Wrap Type, Key Compression Type and
Key Wrapping Specification SHALL have the same semantics as for the Get
operation. If the Managed Object has been Destroyed then the key material for
the specified managed object SHALL not be returned in the response.
The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this
operations into the ID Placeholder variable.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the object being requested. If omitted, then the
IDPlaceholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Key Format Type
|
No
|
Determines the key format type to be returned.
|
|
Key Wrap Type
|
No
|
Determines the Key Wrap Type of the returned key value.
|
|
Key Compression Type
|
No
|
Determines the compression method for elliptic curve public keys.
|
|
Key Wrapping Specification
|
No
|
Specifies keys and other information for wrapping the returned object.
|
Table 217: Export Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Object Type
|
Yes
|
Type of object
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
|
Attributes
|
Yes
|
All of the object’s Attributes.
|
|
Any Object (Section 2)
|
Yes
|
The object value being returned, in the same manner as the Get
operation.
|
Table 218: Export Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Export Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Bad
Cryptographic Parameters, Encoding Option Error, Encoding Option Error,
Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask, Invalid Object Type, Key Compression
Type Not Supported, Key Format Type Not Supported, Key Value Not Present, Key
Wrap Type Not Supported, Object Not Found, Wrapping Object Archived, Wrapping
Object Destroyed, Wrapping Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation
Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation
Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 219: Export Errors
This operation requests that the server returns the
Managed Object specified by its Unique Identifier.
Only a single object is returned. The response contains
the Unique Identifier of the object, along with the object itself, which MAY be
wrapped using a wrapping key as specified in the request.
The following key format capabilities SHALL be assumed by
the client; restrictions apply when the client requests the server to return
an object in a particular format:
·
If a client registered a key in a given format, the server SHALL
be able to return the key during the Get operation in the same format that was
used when the key was registered.
·
Any other format conversion MAY be supported by the server.
If Key Format Type is specified to be PKCS#12 then the
response payload shall be a PKCS#12 container as specified by [RFC7292]. The
Unique Identifier shall be either that of a private key or certificate to be
included in the response. The container shall be protected using the Secret
Data object specified via the private key or certificate’s PKCS#12 Password
Link. The current certificate chain shall also be included as determined by
using the private key’s Public Key link to get the corresponding public key
(where relevant), and then using that public key’s PKCS#12 Certificate Link to
get the base certificate, and then using each certificate’s Certificate Link to
build the certificate chain. It is an error if there is more than one valid
certificate chain.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the object being requested. If omitted,
then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Key Format Type
|
No
|
Determines the key format type to be returned.
|
|
Key Wrap Type
|
No
|
Determines the Key Wrap Type of the returned key
value.
|
|
Key Compression Type
|
No
|
Determines the compression method for elliptic curve
public keys.
|
|
Key Wrapping Specification
|
No
|
Specifies keys and other information for wrapping
the returned object.
|
Table 220: Get Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Object Type
|
Yes
|
Type of object.
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
|
Any Object (Section 2)
|
Yes
|
The object being returned.
|
Table 221: Get Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Get Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Bad Cryptographic
Parameters, Encoding Option Error, Encoding Option Error, Incompatible
Cryptographic Usage Mask, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask, Invalid
Object Type, Key Compression Type Not Supported, Key Format Type Not
Supported, Key Value Not Present, Key Wrap Type Not Supported, Not
Extractable, Object Not Found, Sensitive, Wrapping Object Archived, Wrapping
Object Destroyed, Wrapping Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation
Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation
Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 222: Get Errors
This operation requests one or more attributes associated
with a Managed Object. The object is specified by its Unique Identifier, and
the attributes are specified by their name in the request. If a specified
attribute has multiple instances, then all instances are returned. If a
specified attribute does not exist (i.e., has no value), then it SHALL NOT be
present in the returned response. If none of the requested attributes exist,
then the response SHALL consist only of the Unique Identifier. The same Attribute
Reference SHALL NOT be present more than once in a request.
If no Attribute Reference is provided, the server SHALL
return all attributes.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the object whose attributes are being
requested. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as
the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Attribute Reference
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies an attribute associated with the object.
|
Table 223: Get Attributes Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
|
Attributes
|
Yes
|
The requested attributes associated with the object.
|
Table 224: Get Attributes Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Get Attributes Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Attribute, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required,
Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not
Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 225: Get Attributes Errors
This operation requests a list of the attribute names
associated with a Managed Object. The object is specified by its Unique
Identifier.
If no Attribute Reference is provided, the server SHALL
return all attributes.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the object whose attribute names are
being requested. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the
server as the Unique Identifier.
|
Table 226: Get Attribute List Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
|
Attribute Reference
|
Yes, MAY be repeated
|
The attributes associated with the object.
|
Table 227: Get Attribute List Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Get Attribute List Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Object
Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported,
Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied,
Response Too Large
|
Table 228: Get Attribute List Errors
This operation instructs the server to return the
constraints that are being applied to Managed Objects during operations.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
Table 229: Get Constraints
Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Constraints
|
Yes
|
The set of Constraints that are being
applied during operations.
|
Table 230: Get Constraints
Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Get Constrains Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Field, Invalid Object Type, Attestation Failed,
Attestation
Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid
Field,
Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported,
Permission
Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 231: Get Constraints
Errors
This operation requests the server to obtain an allocation
from the current Usage Limits value to allow the client to use the Managed
Cryptographic Object for applying cryptographic protection. The allocation only
applies to Managed Objects that are able to be used for applying protection
(e.g., symmetric keys for encryption, private keys for signing, etc.) and is
only valid if the Managed Object has a Usage Limits attribute. Usage for
processing cryptographically protected information (e.g., decryption, verification,
etc.) is not limited and is not able to be allocated. A Managed Object that has
a Usage Limits attribute SHALL NOT be used by a client for applying
cryptographic protection unless an allocation has been obtained using this
operation. The operation SHALL only be requested during the time that
protection is enabled for these objects (i.e., after the Activation Date and
before the Protect Stop Date). If the operation is requested for an object that
has no Usage Limits attribute, or is not an object that MAY be used for
applying cryptographic protection, then the server SHALL return an error.
The field in the request specifies the number of units
that the client needs to protect. If the requested amount is not available or
if the Managed Object is not able to be used for applying cryptographic
protection at this time, then the server SHALL return an error. The server
SHALL assume that the entire allocated amount is going to be consumed. Once the
entire allocated amount has been consumed, the client SHALL NOT continue to use
the Managed Object for applying cryptographic protection until a new allocation
is obtained.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the object whose usage allocation is
being requested. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder is substituted by the
server.
|
|
Usage Limits Count
|
Yes
|
The number of Usage Limits Units to be protected.
|
Table 232: Get Usage Allocation Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
Table 233: Get Usage Allocation Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Get Usage Allocation Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Attribute
Not Found, Invalid Message, Invalid Object Type, Object Not Found, Usage
Limit Exceeded, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not
Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported,
Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 234: Get Usage Allocation Errors
This operation requests the server to perform a hash
operation on the data provided.
The request contains information about the cryptographic
parameters (hash algorithm) and the data to be hashed.
The response contains the result of the hash operation.
The success or failure of the operation is indicated by
the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Cryptographic Parameters
|
Yes
|
The Cryptographic Parameters (Hashing Algorithm) corresponding to the
particular hash method requested.
|
|
Data
|
Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.
|
The data to be hashed .
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as
returned from a previous call to this operation).
|
|
Init Indicator
|
No
|
Initial operation as Boolean
|
|
Final Indicator
|
No
|
Final operation as Boolean
|
Table 235: Hash Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Data
|
Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.
|
The hashed data (as a Byte String).
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent
calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.
|
Table 236: Hash Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Hash Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Cryptographic
Failure, Invalid Correlation Value, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required,
Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not
Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 237: HASH Errors
This operation requests the server to Import a Managed
Object specified by its Unique Identifier. The request specifies the object
being imported and all the attributes to be assigned to the object. The
attribute rules for each attribute for “Initially set by” and “When implicitly
set” SHALL NOT be enforced as all attributes MUST be set to the supplied values
rather than any server generated values.
The response contains the Unique Identifier provided in the
request or assigned by the server. The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier
returned by this operations into the ID Placeholder variable.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object to be imported
|
|
Object Type
|
Yes
|
Determines the type of object being imported.
|
|
Replace Existing
|
No
|
A Boolean. If specified and true then any existing object with the
same Unique Identifier SHALL be replaced by this operation. If absent or
false and an object exists with the same Unique Identifier then an error
SHALL be returned.
|
|
Key Wrap Type
|
If and only if the key object is wrapped.
|
If Not Wrapped then the server SHALL unwrap the object before storing
it, and return an error if the wrapping key is
not available. Otherwise the server
SHALL store the object as provided.
|
|
Attributes
|
Yes
|
Specifies object attributes to be associated with the new object.
|
|
Any Object (Section 2)
|
Yes
|
The object being imported. The object and attributes MAY be wrapped.
|
Table 238: Import Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the newly imported object.
|
Table 239: Import Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Import Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Attribute
Read Only, Attribute Single Valued, Encoding Option Error, Invalid Attribute,
Invalid Attribute Value, Invalid Field, Non Unique Name Attribute, Object
Already Exists, Server Limit Exceeded, Attestation Failed, Attestation
Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation
Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection Storage Unavailable, Response
Too Large
|
Table 240: Import Errors
This operation informs the server about the status if
interop tests. It SHALL NOT be available in a production server. The Interop
Operation uses three Interop Functions (Begin, End and Reset).
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Interop Function
|
Yes
|
The function to be performed
|
|
Interop Identifier
|
Yes
|
The identifier if the test case to be submitted.
|
Table 241: Interop Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
Table 242: Interop Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in an Interop Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Field, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported,
Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied,
Response Too Large
|
Table 243: Interop Errors
This operation requests the server to combine a list of
Split Keys into a single Managed Cryptographic Object. The number of Unique
Identifiers in the request SHALL be at least the value of the Split Key
Threshold defined in the Split Keys.
The request contains the Object Type of the Managed
Cryptographic Object that the client requests the Split Key Objects be combined
to form. If the Object Type formed is Secret Data, the client MAY include the
Secret Data Type in the request.
The response contains the Unique Identifier of the object
obtained by combining the Split Keys. The server SHALL copy the Unique
Identifier returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Object Type
|
Yes
|
Determines the type of object to be created.
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes, MAY be repeated
|
Determines the Split Keys to be combined to form the object returned
by the server. The minimum number of identifiers is specified by the Split
Key Threshold field in each of the Split Keys.
|
|
Secret Data Type
|
No
|
Determines which Secret Data type the Split Keys form.
|
|
Attributes
|
No
|
Specifies desired object attributes.
|
|
Protection Storage Masks
|
No
|
Specifies all permissible Protection Storage Mask selections for the
new object
|
Table 244: Join Split Key Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object obtained by combining the Split
Keys.
|
Table 245: Join Split Key Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Join Split Key Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Attribute
Read Only, Attribute Single Valued, Bad Cryptographic Parameters,
Cryptographic Failure, Cryptographic Failure, Invalid Attribute, Invalid
Attribute Value, Invalid Object Type, Non Unique Name Attribute, Object Not
Found, Server Limit Exceeded, Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters,
Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid
Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection
Storage Unavailable, Response Too Large
|
Table 246: Join Split Key Errors
This operation requests that the server search for one or
more Managed Objects, depending on the attributes specified in the request. All
attributes are allowed to be used. The request MAY contain a Maximum Items
field, which specifies the maximum number of objects to be returned. If the
Maximum Items field is omitted, then the server MAY return all objects matched,
or MAY impose an internal maximum limit due to resource limitations.
The request MAY contain an Offset Items field,
which specifies the number of objects to skip that satisfy the identification
criteria specified in the request. An Offset Items field of 0 is the
same as omitting the Offset Items field. If both Offset Items and
Maximum Items are specified in the request, the server skips Offset
Items objects and returns up to Maximum Items objects.
If more than one object satisfies the identification
criteria specified in the request, then the response MAY contain Unique
Identifiers for multiple Managed Objects. Responses containing Unique
Identifiers for multiple objects SHALL be returned in descending order of
object creation (most recently created object first). Returned objects SHALL
match all of the attributes in the request. If no objects match, then an empty
response payload is returned. If no attribute is specified in the request, any
object SHALL be deemed to match the Locate request. The response MAY include Located
Items which is the count of all objects that satisfy the identification
criteria.
The server returns a list of Unique Identifiers of the
found objects, which then MAY be retrieved using the Get operation. If the
objects are archived, then the Recover and Get operations are REQUIRED to be
used to obtain those objects. If a single Unique Identifier is returned to the
client, then the server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this
operation into the ID Placeholder variable. If the Locate operation matches
more than one object, and the Maximum Items value is omitted in the request, or
is set to a value larger than one, then the server SHALL empty the ID
Placeholder, causing any subsequent operations that are batched with the
Locate, and which do not specify a Unique Identifier explicitly, to fail. This
ensures that these batched operations SHALL proceed only if a single object is
returned by Locate.
The Date attributes in the Locate request (e.g., Initial
Date, Activation Date, etc.) are used to specify a time or a time range for the
search. If a single instance of a given Date attribute is used in the request
(e.g., the Activation Date), then objects with the same Date attribute are
considered to be matching candidate objects. If two instances of the same Date
attribute are used (i.e., with two different values specifying a range), then objects
for which the Date attribute is inside or at a limit of the range are
considered to be matching candidate objects. If a Date attribute is set to its
largest possible value, then it is equivalent to an undefined attribute.
When the Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute is specified
in the request, candidate objects are compared against this field via an
operation that consists of a logical AND of the requested mask with the mask in
the candidate object, and then a comparison of the resulting value with the
requested mask. For example, if the request contains a mask value of
10001100010000, and a candidate object mask contains 10000100010000, then the
logical AND of the two masks is 10000100010000, which is compared against the
mask value in the request (10001100010000) and the match fails. This means that
a matching candidate object has all of the bits set in its mask that are set in
the requested mask, but MAY have additional bits set.
When the Usage Limits attribute is specified in the
request, matching candidate objects SHALL have a Usage Limits Count and Usage
Limits Total equal to or larger than the values specified in the request.
When an attribute that is defined as a structure is
specified, all of the structure fields are not REQUIRED to be specified. For
instance, for the Link attribute, if the Linked Object Identifier value is
specified without the Link Type value, then matching candidate objects have the
Linked Object Identifier as specified, irrespective of their Link Type.
When the Object Group attribute and the Object Group
Member flag are specified in the request, and the value specified for Object
Group Member is ‘Group Member Fresh’, matching candidate objects SHALL be fresh
objects from the object group. If there are no more fresh objects in the group,
the server MAY choose to generate a new object on-the-fly, based on server
policy. If the value specified for Object Group Member is ‘Group Member
Default’, the server locates the default object as defined by server policy.
The Storage Status Mask field is used to indicate whether
on-line objects (not archived or destroyed), archived objects, destroyed
objects or any combination of the above are to be searched.The server SHALL NOT
return unique identifiers for objects that are destroyed unless the Storage
Status Mask field includes the Destroyed Storage indicator. The server SHALL
NOT return unique identifiers for objects that are archived unless the Storage
Status Mask field includes the Archived Storage indicator.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Maximum Items
|
No
|
An Integer object that indicates the maximum number
of object identifiers the server MAY return.
|
|
Offset Items
|
No
|
An Integer object that indicates the number of
object identifiers to skip that satisfy the identification criteria specified
in the request.
|
|
Storage Status Mask
|
No
|
An Integer object (used as a bit mask) that
indicates whether only on-line objects, only archived objects, destroyed
objects or any combination of these, are to be searched. If omitted, then
only on-line objects SHALL be returned.
|
|
Object Group Member
|
No
|
An Enumeration object that indicates the object
group member type.
|
|
Attributes
|
Yes
|
Specifies an attribute and its value(s) that are
REQUIRED to match those in a candidate object (according to the matching
rules defined above).
Note: the Attributes structure MAY be empty
indicating all objects should match.
|
Table 247: Locate Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Located Items
|
No
|
An Integer object that indicates the number of
object identifiers that satisfy the identification criteria specified in the
request. A server MAY elect to omit this value from the Response if it is
unable or unwilling to determine the total count of matched items.
A server MAY elect to return the Located Items value
even if Offset Items is not present in the Request.
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
The Unique Identifier of the located objects.
|
Table 248: Locate Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Locate Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid Attribute, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required,
Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not
Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 249:
Locate Errors
This operation requests the server to log a message to the
server log. The response payload returned is empty.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Log Message
|
Yes
|
The message to log
|
Table 250: Log Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
Table 251: Log Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Query Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Attestation
Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid
Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 252: Log Errors
This operation requests the server to allow future
requests ti be authenticated using a ticket that is returned by this operation.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Lease Time
|
No
|
The lease time Interval or Date Time for the ticket
|
|
Request Count
|
No
|
The integer count of the number of requests that can be made with the
ticket
|
|
Usage Limits
|
No
|
The usage limits for the operations performed
|
Table 253: Login Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Ticket
|
Yes
|
The ticket that is returned
|
Table 254: Login Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in an Login Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Field, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported,
Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied,
Response Too Large
|
Table 255: Login Errors
This operation requests the server to terminate the Login
and prevent future unauthenticated sessions being created without the ticket.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Ticket
|
Yes
|
The ticket to be invalidated
|
Table 256: Logout Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
Table 257: Logout Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in an Logout Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Ticket, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported,
Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response
Too Large
|
Table 258: Logout Errors
This operation requests the server to perform message
authentication code (MAC) operation on the provided data using a Managed
Cryptographic Object as the key for the MAC operation.
The request contains information about the cryptographic
parameters (cryptographic algorithm) and the data to be MACed. The
cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the request as they can be
specified as associated attributes of the Managed Cryptographic Object.
The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed
Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the MAC operation.
The success or failure of the operation is indicated by
the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the
key to use for the MAC operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value
SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Cryptographic Parameters
|
No
|
The Cryptographic Parameters (Cryptographic Algorithm) corresponding
to the particular MAC method requested. If there are no Cryptographic
Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and the algorithm
requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a Result Status of
Operation Failed.
|
|
Data
|
Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.
|
The data to be MACed .
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as
returned from a previous call to this operation).
|
|
Init Indicator
|
No
|
Initial operation as Boolean
|
|
Final Indicator
|
No
|
Final operation as Boolean
|
Table 259: MAC Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the
key used for the MAC operation.
|
|
MAC Data
|
Yes for single-part. No for multi-part
|
The data MACed (as a Byte String).
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent
calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.
|
Table 260: MAC Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a MAC Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Bad Cryptographic
Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask,
Invalid Correlation Value, Invalid Object Type, Key Value Not Present, Object
Not Found, Usage Limit Exceeded, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation
Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid
Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 261: MAC Errors
This operation requests the server to perform message
authentication code (MAC) verify operation on the provided data using a Managed
Cryptographic Object as the key for the MAC verify operation.
The request contains information about the cryptographic
parameters (cryptographic algorithm) and the data to be MAC verified and MAY
contain the data that was passed to the MAC operation (for those algorithms
which need the original data to verify a MAC). The cryptographic parameters MAY
be omitted from the request as they can be specified as associated attributes
of the Managed Cryptographic Object.
The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed
Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the MAC verify
operation. The validity of the MAC is indicated by the Validity Indicator
field.
The response message SHALL include the Validity Indicator
for single-part MAC Verify operations and for the final part of a multi-part
MAC Verify operation. Non-Final parts of multi-part MAC Verify operations SHALL
NOT include the Validity Indicator.
The success or failure of the operation is indicated by
the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the
key to use for the MAC verify operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder
value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Cryptographic Parameters
|
No
|
The Cryptographic Parameters (Cryptographic Algorithm) corresponding
to the particular MAC method requested. If there are no Cryptographic
Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and the algorithm
requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a Result Status of
Operation Failed.
|
|
Data
|
No
|
The data that was MACed .
|
|
MAC Data
|
Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.
|
The data to be MAC verified (as a Byte String).
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as
returned from a previous call to this operation).
|
|
Init Indicator
|
No
|
Initial operation as Boolean
|
|
Final Indicator
|
No
|
Final operation as Boolean
|
Table 262: MAC Verify Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the
key used for the verification operation.
|
|
Validity Indicator
|
Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.
|
An Enumeration object indicating whether the MAC is valid, invalid, or
unknown.
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent
calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.
|
Table 263: MAC Verify Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a MAC Verify Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Bad
Cryptographic Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Incompatible Cryptographic
Usage Mask, Invalid Correlation Value, Invalid Object Type, Key Value Not
Present, Object Not Found, Permission Denied, Wrong Key Lifecycle State,
Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid
Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response
Too Large
|
Table 264: MAC Verify Errors
This operation requests the server to modify the value of
an existing attribute instance associated with a Managed Object. The request
contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object whose attribute is to be
modified, the OPTIONAL Current Attribute existing value and the New Attribute
new value. If no Current Attribute is specified in the request, then if there
is only a single instance of the Attribute it SHALL be selected as the
attribute instance to be modified to the New Attribute value, and if there are
multiple instances of the Attribute an error SHALL be returned (as the specific
instance of the attribute is unable to be determined).. Only existing
attributes MAY be changed via this operation. Only the specified instance of
the attribute SHALL be modified. Specifying a Current Attribute for which there
exists no Attribute associated with the object SHALL result in an error.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Unique Identifier of the object. If omitted,
then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Current Attribute
|
No
|
Specifies the existing attribute value associated
with the object to be modified.
|
|
New Attribute
|
Yes
|
Specifies the new value for the attribute associated
with the object .
|
Table 265: Modify Attribute Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
Table 266: Modify Attribute Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Modify Attribute Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Attribute
Instance Not Found, Attribute Not Found, Attribute Read Only, Non Unique Name
Attribute, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required,
Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not
Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large, Wrong Key Lifecycle State
|
Table 267: Modify Attribute Errors
This operation requests the server to obtain a new Lease
Time for a specified Managed Object. The Lease Time is an interval value
that determines when the client's internal cache of information about the
object expires and needs to be renewed. If the returned value of the lease time
is zero, then the server is indicating that no lease interval is effective, and
the client MAY use the object without any lease time limit. If a client's
lease expires, then the client SHALL NOT use the associated cryptographic
object until a new lease is obtained. If the server determines that a new lease
SHALL NOT be issued for the specified cryptographic object, then the server
SHALL respond to the Obtain Lease request with an error.
The response payload for the operation contains the
current value of the Last Change Date attribute for the object. This MAY be
used by the client to determine if any of the attributes cached by the client
need to be refreshed, by comparing this time to the time when the attributes
were previously obtained.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the object for which the lease is being
obtained. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as
the Unique Identifier.
|
Table 268: Obtain Lease Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
|
Lease Time
|
Yes
|
An interval (in seconds) that specifies the amount
of time that the object MAY be used until a new lease needs to be obtained.
|
|
Last Change Date
|
Yes
|
The date and time indicating when the latest change
was made to the contents or any attribute of the specified object.
|
Table 269: Obtain Lease Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Obtain Lease Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Object
Not Found, Usage Limit Exceeded, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required,
Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not
Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 270: Obtain Lease Errors
This operation is used to determine if a server is alive
and responding. The server MAY treat the Ping operation as a non-logged
operation.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
Table 271: Ping Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
Table 272: Ping Response Payload
This operation enables the server to perform a PKCS#11
operation.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
PKCS#11 Interface
|
No
|
The name of the interface. If absent, the default
V3.0 interface which defines the functions supported.
|
|
PKCS#11 Function
|
Yes
|
The function to perform. An Enumeration for PKCS#11
defined functions or an Integer for vendor defined function.
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Must be returned to the server if provided in a
previous response.
|
|
PKCS#11 Input Parameters
|
No
|
The parameters to the function. The format is
specified in the PKCS#11 Profile and the [PKCS#11] standard document
|
Table 273: PKCS#11 Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
PKCS#11 Interface
|
No
|
The name of the interface. If absent,
the default V3.0 interface is used.
|
|
PKCS#11 Function
|
Yes
|
The function that was performed. An
Enumeration for PKCS#11 defined
functions or an Integer for vendor
defined function.
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Server defined Byte String that the
client must provide in the next request.
|
|
PKCS#11 Output Parameters
|
No
|
The parameters output from the
function. The format is specified in the
PKCS#11 Profile [KMIP-Prof] and the [PKCS#11]
standard document.
|
|
PKCS#11 Return Code
|
Yes
|
The PKCS#11 return code as specified
in the CK_RV values in [PKCS#11]
|
Table 274: PKCS#11 Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a PKCS#11 Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Asynchronous Correlation Value, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required,
Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not
Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large, PKCS#11 Codec Error,
PKCS#11 Invalid Function, PKCS#11 Invalid Interface
|
Table 275: PKCS#11 Errors
This operation is used to poll the server in order to
obtain the status of an outstanding asynchronous operation. The correlation
value of the original operation SHALL be specified in the request. The response
to this operation SHALL NOT be asynchronous.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Asynchronous Correlation Value
|
Yes
|
Specifies the request being polled.
|
Table 276: Poll Request Payload
The server SHALL reply with one of two responses:
If the operation has not completed, the response SHALL
contain no payload and a Result Status of Pending.
If the operation has completed, the response SHALL contain
the appropriate payload for the operation. This response SHALL be identical to
the response that would have been sent if the operation had completed
synchronously.
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Poll Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Asynchronous Correlation Value, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required,
Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not
Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 277: Poll Errors
This operation requests the server to modify its
processing of a previously-submitted asynchronous request such that the next
Poll for that asynchronous request SHALL NOT return a “pending” status,
effectively changing the processing mode for that batch item to that resembling
synchronous processing (note that this may have processing implications for
other items in that same batch if Batch Order Option is True, which is the
default).
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Asynchronous Correlation Value
|
Yes
|
The value of the Asynchronous Correlation Value for
the Batch Item to be made “synchronous”
|
Table 278: Process Request
Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
Table 279: Process Response
Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Process Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Asynchronous Correlation Value, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature
Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported,
Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 280: Process Request
Errors
This operation is used by the client to interrogate the
server to determine its capabilities and/or protocol mechanisms.
For each Query Function specified in the request, the
corresponding items SHALL be returned in the response.
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Operations
|
Contains Operation enumerated values, which SHALL
list all the operations that the server supports.
|
|
Object Type
|
Contains Object Type enumerated values, which SHALL
list all the object types that the server supports.
|
|
Server Information
|
A structure containing vendor-specific fields and/or
substructures.
|
|
Application Namespace
|
Contains the namespaces that the server SHALL generate
values for if requested by the client.
|
|
Extension List
|
Contains the descriptions of Objects with Item Tag
values in the Extensions range that are supported by the server. If the
request contains a Query Extension List and/or Query Extension Map value in
the Query Function field, then the Extensions Information fields SHALL be
returned in the response.
|
|
Extension Map
|
|
Attestation Type
|
Contains Attestation Type enumerated values, which
SHALL list all the attestation types that the server supports.
|
|
RNG Parameters
|
Contains a listing of the RNGs supported. The
response SHALL list all the Random Number Generators that the server
supports. If the request contains a Query RNGs value in the Query Function
field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response.
|
|
Validation Information
|
A structure containing details of each formal
validation which the server asserts. If the request contains a Query
Validations value, then zero or more Validation Information fields SHALL be
returned in the response. A server MAY elect to return no validation
information in the response.
|
|
Profile Information
|
A structure containing details of the profiles that
a server supports including potentially how it supports that profile. If the
request contains a Query Profiles value in the Query Function
field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response if the server
supports any Profiles.
|
|
Capability Information
|
Contains details of the capability of the server.
|
|
Client Registration Method
|
Contains Client Registration Method
enumerated values, which SHALL list all the client registration methods that
the server supports. If the request contains a Query Client Registration
Method value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be
returned in the response if the server supports any Client Registration
Methods.
|
|
Defaults Information
|
A structure containing Object Defaults structures,
which list the default values that the server SHALL use on Cryptographic
Objects if the client omits them.
|
|
Protection Storage Masks
|
Contains ProtectionStorageMask attribute(s) for the
alternatives that a server supports
|
Table 281: Query Functions
If both Query Extension List and Query Extension Map are
specified in the request, then only the response to Query Extension Map SHALL
be returned and the Query Extension List SHALL be ignored.
If the Query Function RNG Parameters is specified in the
request and If the server is unable to specify details of the RNG then it SHALL
return an RNG Parameters with the RNG Algorithm enumeration of Unspecified.
Note that the response payload is empty if there are no
values to return.
The Query Function field in the request SHALL contain one
or more of the following items:
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Query Function
|
Yes, MAY be Repeated
|
Determines the information being queried.
|
|
Object Groups
|
No
|
Specified the list of Object Group(s) for
which the Query is being performed
|
Table 282: Query Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Operation
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies an Operation that is supported by the server.
|
|
Object Type
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies a Managed Object Type that is supported by the server.
|
|
Vendor Identification
|
No
|
SHALL be returned if Query Server Information is requested. The
Vendor Identification SHALL be a text string that uniquely identifies the
vendor.
|
|
Server Information
|
No
|
Contains vendor-specific information possibly be of
interest to the client.
|
|
Application Namespace
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies an Application Namespace supported by the
server.
|
|
Extension Information
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
SHALL be returned if Query Extension List or Query
Extension Map is requested and supported by the server.
|
|
Attestation Type
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies an Attestation Type that is supported by
the server.
|
|
RNG Parameters
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies the RNG that is supported by the server.
|
|
Profile Information
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies the Profiles that are supported by the
server.
|
|
Validation Information
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies the validations that are supported by the
server.
|
|
Capability Information
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies the capabilities that are supported by the
server.
|
|
Client Registration Method
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies a Client Registration Method that is
supported by the server.
|
|
Defaults Information
|
No
|
Specifies the defaults that the server will use if
the client omits them.
|
|
Protection Storage Masks
|
Yes
|
Specifies the list of Protection Storage Mask values
supported by the server. A server MAY elect to provide an empty list in the
Response if it is unable or unwilling to provide this information.
|
Table 283: Query Response Payload
6.1.40.1 Error Handling – Query
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Query Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Attestation
Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message,
Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large, Unknown
Object Group
|
Table 284: Query Errors
This operation requests the server to report on any
asynchronous requests that have been made for which results have not yet been
obtained via the normal Poll (or less-normal Cancel) operation.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Asynchronous Correlation Values
|
No
|
Structure containing zero or more Asynchronous Correlation
Value.
|
|
Operations
|
No
|
Structure Containing zero or more Operation.
|
Table 285: Query Asynchronous
Requests Request Payload
If no parameters are passed on this operation, the server
SHOULD report any asynchronous requests whose results are still outstanding. If
Asynchronous Correlation Values are passed, the server SHOULD report the
outstanding asynchronous requests whose values match. If Operations are passed,
the server SHOULD report the outstanding asynchronous requests whose Operation
matches one of those contained in Operations.
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Asynchronous Request
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
The details regarding a particular asynchronous
request,
|
Table 286: PKCS#11 Response
Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Query Asynchronous Requests Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Attestation
Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Message,
Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 287: Query Asynchronous
Requests Errors
This operation is used to obtain access to a Managed
Object that has been archived. This request MAY need asynchronous polling to
obtain the response due to delays caused by retrieving the object from the
archive. Once the response is received, the object is now on-line, and MAY be
obtained (e.g., via a Get operation). Special authentication and authorization
SHOULD be enforced to perform this request (see [KMIP-UG]).
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the object being recovered. If omitted,
then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
Table 288: Recover Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
Table 289: Recover Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Recover Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Object
Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid
Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response
Too Large
|
Table 290: Recover Errors
This operation requests the server to register a Managed
Object that was created by the client or obtained by the client through some
other means, allowing the server to manage the object. The arguments in the
request are similar to those in the Create operation, but contain the object
itself for storage by the server.
The request contains information about the type of object
being registered and attributes to be assigned to the object (e.g.,
Cryptographic Algorithm, Cryptographic Length, etc.). This information SHALL be
specified by the use of a Attributes object.
If the Managed Object being registered is wrapped, the
server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Wrapping Key Link pointing to
the Managed Object with which the Managed Object being registered is wrapped.
The response contains the Unique Identifier assigned by
the server to the registered object. The server SHALL copy the Unique
Identifier returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable. The
Initial Date attribute of the object SHALL be set to the current time.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Object Type
|
Yes
|
Determines the type of object being registered.
|
|
Attributes
|
Yes
|
Specifies desired object attributes to be associated
with the new object.
|
|
Any Object (Section 2)
|
Yes
|
The object being registered. The object and
attributes MAY be wrapped.
|
|
Protection Storage Masks
|
No
|
Specifies all permissible Protection Storage Mask
selections for the new object
|
Table
291: Register Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the newly registered
object.
|
Table
292: Register Response Payload
If a Managed Cryptographic Object
is registered, then the following attributes SHALL be included in the Register
request.
|
Attribute
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Cryptographic Algorithm
|
Yes, MAY be
omitted only if this information is encapsulated in the Key Block. Does not
apply to Secret Data. If present, then Cryptographic Length below SHALL also
be present.
|
|
Cryptographic Length
|
Yes, MAY be
omitted only if this information is encapsulated in the Key Block. Does not
apply to Secret Data. If present, then Cryptographic Algorithm above SHALL
also be present.
|
|
Certificate Length
|
Yes. Only applies to Certificates.
|
|
Cryptographic Usage Mask
|
Yes.
|
|
Digital Signature Algorithm
|
Yes, MAY be
omitted only if this information is encapsulated in the Certificate object.
Only applies to Certificates.
|
Table 293: Register Attribute Requirements
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Register Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Attribute
Read Only, Attribute Single Valued, Bad Password, Encoding Option Error,
Invalid Attribute, Invalid Attribute Value, Invalid Object Type, Non Unique
Name Attribute, Server Limit Exceeded, Attestation Failed, Attestation
Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation
Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection Storage Unavailable, Response
Too Large
|
Table 294: Register Errors
This operation requests the server to revoke a Managed
Cryptographic Object or an Opaque Object. The request contains a reason for the
revocation (e.g., “key compromise”, “cessation of operation”, etc.). The
operation has one of two effects. If the revocation reason is “key compromise” or “CA compromise”, then the object is placed into
the “compromised” state; the Date is set to the current date and time; and the Compromise
Occurrence Date is set to the value (if provided) in the Revoke request and if
a value is not provided in the Revoke request then Compromise Occurrence Date
SHOULD be set to the Initial Date for the object. If the revocation
reason is neither “key compromise” nor “CA compromise”, the object is placed
into the “deactivated” state, and the Deactivation Date is set to the current
date and time.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the object being revoked. If omitted,
then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Revocation Reason
|
Yes
|
Specifies the reason for revocation.
|
|
Compromise Occurrence Date
|
No
|
SHOULD be specified if the Revocation Reason is 'key
compromise' or ‘CA
compromise’ and SHALL NOT be specified for other Revocation Reason enumerations.
|
Table 295: Revoke Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
Table 296: Revoke Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Revoke Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Field, Invalid Object Type, Object Not Found, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation
Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid
Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 297: Revoke Errors
This request is used to renew an existing certificate for
the same key pair. Only a single certificate SHALL be renewed at a time.
The Certificate Request object MAY be omitted, in which
case the public key for which a Certificate object is generated SHALL be
specified by its Unique Identifier only. If the Certificate Request Type and
the Certificate Request objects are omitted and the Certificate Type is not
specified using the Attributes object in the request, then the Certificate Type
of the new certificate SHALL be the same as that of the existing certificate.
The Certificate Request is passed as a Byte String, which
allows multiple certificate request types for X.509 certificates (e.g.,
PKCS#10, PEM, etc.) to be submitted to the server.
The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier of the new
certificate returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.
If the information in the Certificate Request field in the
request conflicts with the attributes specified in the Attributes, then the
information in the Certificate Request takes precedence.
As the new certificate takes over the name attribute of
the existing certificate, Re-certify SHOULD only be performed once on a given
(existing) certificate.
For the existing certificate, the server SHALL create a
Link attribute of Link Type Replacement pointing to the new certificate. For
the new certificate, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type
Replaced pointing to the existing certificate. For the public key, the server
SHALL change the Link attribute of Link Type Certificate to point to the new
certificate.
An Offset MAY be used to indicate the difference
between the Initial Date and the Activation Date of the new certificate. If no
Offset is specified, the Activation Date and Deactivation Date values are
copied from the existing certificate. If Offset is set and dates exist for the
existing certificate, then the dates of the new certificate SHALL be set based
on the dates of the existing certificate as follows:
|
Attribute in Existing Certificate
|
Attribute in New Certificate
|
|
Initial Date (IT1)
|
Initial Date (IT2)
> IT1
|
|
Activation Date (AT1)
|
Activation Date (AT2) = IT2+
Offset
|
|
Deactivation Date (DT1)
|
Deactivation Date = DT1+(AT2-
AT1)
|
Table 298: Computing New Dates from Offset during
Re-certify
Attributes that are not copied
from the existing certificate and that are handled in a specific way for the
new certificate are:
|
Attribute
|
Action
|
|
Initial Date
|
Set to current time.
|
|
Destroy Date
|
Not set.
|
|
Revocation Reason
|
Not set.
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
New value generated.
|
|
Name
|
Set to the name(s) of the existing certificate; all name attributes
are removed from the existing certificate.
|
|
State
|
Set based on attributes values, such as dates.
|
|
Digest
|
Recomputed from the new certificate value.
|
|
Link
|
Set to point to the existing certificate as the replaced certificate.
|
|
Last Change Date
|
Set to current time.
|
Table 299: Re-certify Attribute Requirements
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Unique Identifier of the Certificate being
renewed. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as
the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Certificate Request Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Unique Identifier of the Certificate Request.
|
|
Certificate Request Type
|
No
|
An Enumeration object specifying the type of
certificate request. It is REQUIRED if the Certificate Request is present.
|
|
Certificate Request Value
|
No
|
A Byte String object with the certificate request.
|
|
Offset
|
No
|
An Interval object indicating the difference between
the Initial Date of the new certificate and the Activation Date of the new
certificate.
|
|
Attributes
|
No
|
Specifies desired object attributes.
|
|
Protection Storage Masks
|
No
|
Specifies all permissible Protection Storage Mask
selections for the new object
|
Table 300: Re-certify Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the new certificate.
|
Table 301: Re-certify Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Re-certify Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
CSR, Invalid Message, Invalid Object Type, Object Not Found, Attestation
Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid
Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection Storage
Unavailable, Response Too Large
|
Table 302: Re-certify Errors
This request is used to generate a replacement key for an
existing symmetric key. It is analogous to the Create operation, except that
attributes of the replacement key are copied from the existing key, with the
exception of the attributes listed in Re-key Attribute Requirements.
As the replacement key takes over the name attribute of
the existing key, Re-key SHOULD only be performed once on a given key.
The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier of the
replacement key returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.
For the existing key, the server SHALL create a Link
attribute of Link Type Replacement Object pointing to the replacement key. For
the replacement key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type
Replaced Key pointing to the existing key.
An Offset MAY be used to indicate the difference
between the Initial Date and the Activation Date of the replacement key. If no
Offset is specified, the Activation Date, Process Start Date, Protect Stop Date
and Deactivation Date values are copied from the existing key. If Offset is set
and dates exist for the existing key, then the dates of the replacement key
SHALL be set based on the dates of the existing key as follows:
|
Attribute in Existing Key
|
Attribute in Replacement Key
|
|
Initial Date (IT1)
|
Initial Date (IT2) > IT1
|
|
Activation Date (AT1)
|
Activation Date (AT2) = IT2+ Offset
|
|
Process Start Date (CT1)
|
Process Start Date = CT1+(AT2-
AT1)
|
|
Protect Stop Date (TT1)
|
Protect Stop Date = TT1+(AT2-
AT1)
|
|
Deactivation Date (DT1)
|
Deactivation Date = DT1+(AT2-
AT1)
|
Table 303: Computing New Dates from Offset during
Re-key
Attributes requiring special
handling when creating the replacement key are:
|
Attribute
|
Action
|
|
Initial Date
|
Set to the current time
|
|
Destroy Date
|
Not set
|
|
Compromise Occurrence Date
|
Not set
|
|
Compromise Date
|
Not set
|
|
Revocation Reason
|
Not set
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
New value generated
|
|
Usage Limits
|
The Total value is copied from the existing key, and
the Count value in the existing key is set to the Total value.
|
|
Name
|
Set to the name(s) of the existing key; all name
attributes are removed from the existing key.
|
|
State
|
Set based on attributes values, such as dates.
|
|
Digest
|
Recomputed from the replacement key value
|
|
Link
|
Set to point to the existing key as the replaced key
|
|
Last Change Date
|
Set to current time
|
|
Random
Number Generator
|
Set to the random number generator used for creating
the new managed object. Not copied from the original object.
|
Table 304: Re-key Attribute Requirements
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the existing Symmetric Key being
re-keyed. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as
the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Offset
|
No
|
An Interval object indicating the difference between
the Initial Date and the Activation Date of the replacement key to be
created.
|
|
Attributes
|
No
|
Specifies desired object attributes.
|
|
Protection Storage Masks
|
No
|
Specifies all permissible Protection Storage Mask
selections for the new object
|
Table
305: Re-key Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the newly-created
replacement Symmetric Key.
|
Table 306: Re-key Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Re-key Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Cryptographic
Failure, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Invalid Object Type, Key Value Not
Present, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature
Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported,
Permission Denied, Protection Storage Unavailable, Response Too Large
|
Table 307: Re-key Errors
This request is used to generate a replacement key pair
for an existing public/private key pair. It is analogous to the Create Key
Pair operation, except that attributes of the replacement key pair are copied
from the existing key pair, with the exception of the attributes listed in Re-key
Key Pair Attribute Requirements tor.
As the replacement of the key pair takes over the name attribute
for the existing public/private key pair, Re-key Key Pair SHOULD only be
performed once on a given key pair.
For both the existing public key and private key, the
server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Replacement Key pointing to
the replacement public and private key, respectively. For both the replacement
public and private key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type
Replaced Key pointing to the existing public and private key, respectively.
The server SHALL copy the Private Key Unique Identifier of
the replacement private key returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder
variable.
An Offset MAY be used to indicate the difference
between the Initial Date and the Activation Date of the replacement key pair.
If no Offset is specified, the Activation Date and Deactivation Date values are
copied from the existing key pair. If Offset is set and dates exist for the
existing key pair, then the dates of the replacement key pair SHALL be set
based on the dates of the existing key pair as follows
|
Attribute in Existing Key Pair
|
Attribute in Replacement Key Pair
|
|
Initial Date (IT1)
|
Initial Date (IT2)
> IT1
|
|
Activation Date (AT1)
|
Activation Date (AT2) = IT2+
Offset
|
|
Deactivation Date (DT1)
|
Deactivation Date = DT1+(AT2-
AT1)
|
Table
308: Computing New Dates from Offset during Re-key Key Pair
Attributes for the replacement key pair that are not
copied from the existing key pair and which are handled in a specific way are:
|
Attribute
|
Action
|
|
Private Key Unique Identifier
|
New value generated
|
|
Public Key Unique Identifier
|
New value generated
|
|
Name
|
Set to the name(s) of the existing public/private
keys; all name attributes of the existing public/private keys are removed.
|
|
Digest
|
Recomputed for both replacement public and private
keys from the new public and private key values
|
|
Usage Limits
|
The Total Bytes/Total Objects value is copied from
the existing key pair, while the Byte Count/Object Count values are set to
the Total Bytes/Total Objects.
|
|
State
|
Set based on attributes values, such as dates.
|
|
Initial Date
|
Set to the current time
|
|
Destroy Date
|
Not set
|
|
Compromise Occurrence Date
|
Not set
|
|
Compromise Date
|
Not set
|
|
Revocation Reason
|
Not set
|
|
Link
|
Set to point to the existing public/private keys as
the replaced public/private keys
|
|
Last Change Date
|
Set to current time
|
|
Random
Number Generator
|
Set to the random number generator used for creating
the new managed object. Not copied from the original object.
|
Table 309: Re-key Key Pair Attribute Requirements
|
Request
Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Private Key Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Determines the existing Asymmetric key pair to be
re-keyed. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder is substituted by the server.
|
|
Offset
|
No
|
An Interval object indicating the difference between
the Initial Date and the Activation Date of the replacement key pair to be
created.
|
|
Common Attributes
|
No
|
Specifies desired attributes that apply to both the Private
and Public Key Objects.
|
|
Private Key Attributes
|
No
|
Specifies attributes that apply to the Private Key
Object.
|
|
Public Key Attributes
|
No
|
Specifies attributes that apply to the Public Key
Object.
|
|
Common Protection Storage Masks
|
No
|
Specifies all Protection Storage Mask selections
that are permissible for the new Private Key and new Public Key objects
|
|
Private Protection Storage Masks
|
No
|
Specifies all Protection
Storage Mask selections that are
permissible for the new Private Key
object.
|
|
Public Protection Storage Masks
|
No
|
Specifies all Protection
Storage Mask selections that are
permissible for the new Public Key
object.
|
Table 310:
Re-key Key Pair Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Private Key Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the newly created
replacement Private Key object.
|
|
Public Key Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the newly created
replacement Public Key object.
|
Table 311:
Re-key Key Pair Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Re-key Key Pair Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Cryptographic
Failure, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Invalid Object Type, Key Value Not
Present, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature
Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission
Denied, Private Protection Storage Unavailable, Public Protection Storage
Unavailable, Response Too Large
|
Table 312:
Re-key Key Pair Errors
6.1.48 Re-Provision
This request is used to generate a replacement client link
level credential from an existing client link level credential. The client
requesting re-provisioning SHALL provide a certificate signing request, or a
certificate, or no parameters if the server will create the client credential .
If the client provides a certificate signing request, the
server SHALL process the certificate signing request and assign the new
certificate to the be the client link level credential. The server SHALL return
the unique identifier for the signed certificate stored on the server.
If the client provides a certificate, the server SHALL
associate the certificate with the client as the client’s link level
credential. The server SHALL return the unique identifier for the certificate
stored on the server.
Where no parameters are provided, the server shall
generate a key pair and certificate associated with the client. The server
SHALL return the unique identifier for the private key. The client may then
subsequently retrieve the private key via a Get operation.
The current client credential SHALL be made invalid and
cannot be used in future KMIP requests.
Re-Provision SHALL be called by the client that requires
new credentials
Re-Provision SHOULD fail if the certificate that
represents the client credential has expired.
Re-Provision SHALL fail if the certificate that represents
the client credential has been Revoked.
Re-Provision SHALL fail if the certificate that represents
the client credential has been compromised.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Certificate Request
|
No
|
The certificate request to be signed
|
|
Certificate
|
No
|
The certificate to replace the existing certificate
|
Table 313: Re-Provision Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Certificate or Private Key unique identifier
|
Table 314: Re-Provision Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Re-Provision Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Cryptographic
Failure, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported,
Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied,
Response Too Large
|
Table 315: RNG Retrieve Errors
This operation requests the server to return output from a
Random Number Generator (RNG).
The request contains the quantity of output requested.
The response contains the RNG output.
The success or failure of the operation is indicated by
the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Data Length
|
Yes
|
The amount of random number generator output to be
returned (in bytes).
|
Table 316: RNG Retrieve Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Data
|
Yes
|
The random number generator output.
|
Table 317: RNG Retrieve Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a RNG Retrieve Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Cryptographic
Failure, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported,
Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied,
Response Too Large
|
Table 318: RNG Retrieve Errors
This operation requests the server to seed a Random Number
Generator.
The request contains the seeding material.
The response contains the amount of seed data used.
The success or failure of the operation is indicated by
the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.
The server MAY elect to ignore the information provided by
the client (i.e. not accept the seeding material) and MAY indicate this to the
client by returning zero as the value in the Data Length response. A client
SHALL NOT consider a response from a server which does not use the provided
data as an error.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Data
|
Yes
|
The data to be provided as a seed to the random
number generator.
|
Table 319: RNG Seed Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Data Length
|
Yes
|
The amount of seed data used (in bytes).
|
Table 320: RNG Seed Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a RNG Seed Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Cryptographic
Failure, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported,
Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied,
Response Too Large
|
Table 321: RNG Seed Errors
This operation requests the server to either add or modify
an attribute. The request contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object
to which the attribute pertains, along with the attribute and value. If the
object did not have any instances of the attribute, one is created. If the
object had exactly one instance, then it is modified. If it has more than one
instance an error is raised. Read-Only attributes SHALL NOT be added or
modified using this operation.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Unique Identifier of the object. If omitted, then the ID
Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
|
New Attribute
|
Yes
|
Specifies the new value for the attribute associated with the object.
|
Table 322: Set Attribute Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the Object.
|
Table 323: Set Attribute Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Add Attribute Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Attribute Value, Invalid Attribute Value, Multi Valued Attribute, Non Unique
Name Attribute, Object Not Found, Read Only Attribute, Attestation Failed,
Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message,
Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large, Wrong Key Lifecycle
State
|
Table 324: Set Attribute Errors
This operation instructs the server to set the constraints
that will be applied to Managed Objects during
operations.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Constraints
|
Yes
|
The set of Constraints to apply during
operations.
|
Table 325: Set Constraints
Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
Table 326: Set Constraints
Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Set
Constraints Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Field, Invalid Object Type, Attestation Failed,
Attestation
Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid
Field,
Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported,
Permission
Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 327: Set Constraints
Errors
This operation instructs the server to set the default
attributes that will be applied to Managed Objects during factory operations if
the client does not supply values for mandatory attributes.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Defaults Information
|
No
|
The set of Object Defaults to begin using. If no Defaults Information
is
supplied, the semantic is to remove all Object Defaults from the
server.
|
Table 328: Set Defaults Request
Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
Table 329: Set Defaults Response
Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Set
Defaults Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Field, Invalid Object Type, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature
Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission
Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 330: Set Defaults Errors
This operation requests specifying the role of server for
subsequent requests and responses over the current client-to-server
communication channel. After successful completion of the operation the server
assumes the client role, and the client assumes the server role, but the
communication channel remains as established.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Endpoint Role
|
Yes
|
The endpoint role for the server to apply.
|
Table 331: Set Endpoint Role Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Endpoint Role
|
Yes
|
The accepted endpoint role as applied by the server.
|
Table 332: Set Endpoint Role Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Set Endpoint Role Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Permission
Denied, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported,
Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied,
Response Too Large
|
Table 333: Set Endpoint Role Errors
This operation requests the server to perform a signature
operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as the key
for the signature operation.
The request contains information about the cryptographic
parameters (digital signature algorithm or cryptographic algorithm and hash
algorithm) and the data to be signed. The cryptographic parameters MAY be
omitted from the request as they can be specified as associated attributes of
the Managed Cryptographic Object.
If the Managed Cryptographic Object referenced has a Usage
Limits attribute then the server SHALL obtain an allocation from the current
Usage Limits value prior to performing the signing operation. If the allocation
is unable to be obtained the operation SHALL return with a result status of
Operation Failed and result reason of Permission Denied.
The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed
Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the signature operation.
The success or failure of the operation is indicated by
the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the
key to use for the signature operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder
value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Cryptographic
Parameters
|
No
|
The Cryptographic Parameters (Digital Signature Algorithm or
Cryptographic Algorithm and Hashing Algorithm) corresponding to the
particular signature generation method requested. If there are no
Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and
the algorithm requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a
Result Status of Operation Failed.
|
|
Data
|
Yes for single-part, unless Digested Data is supplied.. No for
multi-part.
|
The data to be.
|
|
Digested Data
|
No
|
The digested data to be signed (as a Byte String).
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as
returned from a previous call to this operation).
|
|
Init Indicator
|
No
|
Initial operation as Boolean
|
|
Final Indicator
|
No
|
Final operation as Boolean
|
Table 334: Sign Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the
key used for the signature operation.
|
|
Signature Data
|
Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.
|
The signed data (as a Byte String).
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent
calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.
|
Table 335: Sign Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a sign Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Bad Cryptographic
Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask,
Invalid Correlation Value, Invalid Object Type, Invalid Object Type, Key
Value Not Present, Object Not Found, Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters,
Usage Limit Exceeded, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation Failed,
Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message,
Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 336: Sign Errors
6.1.56 Signature
Verify
This operation requests the server to perform a signature
verify operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as
the key for the signature verification operation.
The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters
(digital signature algorithm or cryptographic algorithm and hash algorithm) and
the signature to be verified and MAY contain the data that was passed to the
signing operation (for those algorithms which need the original data to verify
a signature).
The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the
request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed
Cryptographic Object.
The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed
Cryptographic Object used as the key and the OPTIONAL data recovered from the
signature (for those signature algorithms where data recovery from the
signature is supported). The validity of the signature is indicated by the
Validity Indicator field.
The response message SHALL include the Validity Indicator
for single-part Signature Verify operations and for the final part of a
multi-part Signature Verify operation. Non-Final parts of multi-part Signature
Verify operations SHALL NOT include the Validity Indicator.
The success or failure of the operation is indicated by
the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No
|
The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the
key to use for the signature verify operation. If omitted, then the ID
Placeholder value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.
|
|
Cryptographic Parameters
|
No
|
The Cryptographic Parameters (Digital Signature Algorithm or
Cryptographic Algorithm and Hashing Algorithm) corresponding to the
particular signature verification method requested.
If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed
Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation
SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.
|
|
Data
|
No
|
The data that was.
|
|
Digested Data
|
No
|
The digested data to be verified (as a Byte String)
|
|
Signature Data
|
Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.
|
The signature to be verified (as a Byte String).
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as
returned from a previous call to this operation).
|
|
Init Indicator
|
No
|
Initial operation as Boolean
|
|
Final Indicator
|
No
|
Final operation as Boolean
|
Table 337: Signature Verify Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the
key used for the verification operation.
|
|
Validity Indicator
|
Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.
|
An Enumeration object indicating whether the signature is valid,
invalid, or unknown.
|
|
Data
|
No
|
The OPTIONAL recovered data (as a Byte String) for those signature
algorithms where data recovery from the signature is supported.
|
|
Correlation Value
|
No
|
Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent
calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.
|
Table 338: Signature Verify Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a signature Verify Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Bad
Cryptographic Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Incompatible Cryptographic
Usage Mask, Invalid Correlation Value, Invalid Object Type, Invalid Object
Type, Key Value Not Present, Object Not Found, Unsupported Cryptographic
Parameters, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation Failed, Attestation
Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation
Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 339: Signature Verify Errors
This operation requests the server to validate a
certificate chain and return information on its validity. Only a single
certificate chain SHALL be included in each request.
The request MAY contain a list of certificate objects,
and/or a list of Unique Identifiers that identify Managed Certificate objects. Together,
the two lists compose a certificate chain to be validated. The request MAY also
contain a date for which all certificates in the certificate chain are REQUIRED
to be valid.
The method or policy by which validation is conducted is a
decision of the server and is outside of the scope of this protocol. Likewise,
the order in which the supplied certificate chain is validated and the
specification of trust anchors used to terminate validation are also controlled
by the server.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Certificate
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
One or more Certificates.
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
One or more Unique Identifiers of Certificate
Objects.
|
|
Validity Date
|
No
|
A Date-Time object indicating when the certificate
chain needs to be valid. If omitted, the current date and time SHALL be
assumed.
|
Table 340: Validate Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Validity Indicator
|
Yes
|
An Enumeration object indicating whether the certificate
chain is valid, invalid, or unknown.
|
Table 341: Validate Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Validate Operation.
|
Result Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Invalid
Field, Invalid Object Type, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation
Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation
Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large
|
Table 342: Validate Errors
Server-to-client operations are used by servers to send
information or Managed Objects to clients via means outside of the normal
client-server request-response mechanism. These operations are used to send
Managed Objects directly to clients without a specific request from the client.
6.2.1
Discover Versions
This operation is used by the
server to determine a list of protocol versions that is supported by the
client. The request
payload contains an OPTIONAL list of protocol versions that is supported by the
server. The protocol versions
SHALL be ranked in decreasing order of preference.
The response payload contains a list of protocol versions
that are supported by the client. The protocol
versions are ranked in decreasing order of preference. If the server
provides the client with a list
of supported protocol versions in the request payload, the client SHALL return
only the protocol versions that
are supported by both the client and server. The client SHOULD list all the
protocol versions supported by
both client and server. If the protocol version specified in the request header
is not specified in the request
payload and the client does not support any protocol version specified in the request payload, the client SHALL
return an empty list in the response payload. If no protocol versions are specified in the request payload,
the client SHOULD return all the protocol versions that are supported by the client.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Protocol Version
|
No, MAY be Repeated
|
The list of protocol versions supported by the
server ordered in decreasing order of preference.
|
Table 343: Discover Versions Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Protocol Version
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
The list of protocol versions supported by the
client ordered in decreasing order of preference.
|
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Discover Versions Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Permission
Denied, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported,
Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied,
Response Too Large
|
Table 344: Discover Versions Errors
This operation is used to notify a client of events that
resulted in changes to attributes of an object. This operation is only ever
sent by a server to a client via means outside of the normal client
request/response protocol, using information known to the server via
unspecified configuration or administrative mechanisms. It contains the Unique
Identifier of the object to which the notification applies, and a list of the
attributes whose changed values or deletion have triggered the notification.
The client SHALL send a response in the form of a Response containing no
payload, unless both the client and server have prior knowledge (obtained via
out-of-band mechanisms) that the client is not able to respond.
|
Message Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
|
Attributes
|
No
|
The attributes that have changed. This includes at
least the Last Change Date attribute.
|
|
Attribute Reference
|
No, may be repeated
|
The attributes that have been deleted.
|
6.2.2.1
Error Handling – Notify
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Notify Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Permission
Denied, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported,
Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied,
Response Too Large
|
Table 345: Notify Message Errors
This operation is used to “push” Managed Objects to
clients. This operation is only ever sent by a server to a client via means
outside of the normal client request/response protocol, using information known
to the server via unspecified configuration or administrative mechanisms. It
contains the Unique Identifier of the object that is being sent, and the object
itself. The client SHALL send a response in the form of a Response Message
containing no payload, unless both the client and server have prior knowledge
(obtained via out-of-band mechanisms) that the client is not able to respond.
The Put Function field indicates whether the object
being “pushed” is a new object, or is a replacement for an object already known
to the client (e.g., when pushing a certificate to replace one that is about to
expire, the Put Function field would be set to indicate replacement, and
the Unique Identifier of the expiring certificate would be placed in the Replaced
Unique Identifier field). The Put Function SHALL contain one of the
following values:
·
New – which indicates that the object is not a replacement
for another object.
·
Replace – which indicates that the object is a replacement
for another object, and that the Replaced Unique Identifier field is present
and contains the identification of the replaced object. In case the object with
the Replaced Unique Identifier does not exist at the client, the client SHALL
interpret this as if the Put Function contained the value New.
The Attribute field contains one or more attributes that
the server is sending along with the object. The server MAY include the
attributes associated with the object.
|
Message Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Yes
|
The Unique Identifier of the object.
|
|
Put Function
|
Yes
|
Indicates function for Put message.
|
|
Replaced Unique Identifier
|
No
|
Unique Identifier of the replaced object. SHALL be
present if the Put Function is Replace.
|
|
All Objects
|
Yes
|
The object being sent to the client.
|
|
Attributes
|
No
|
The additional attributes that the server wishes to
send with the object.
|
6.2.3.1 Error Handling – Put
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Put Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Permission
Denied, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported,
Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied,
Response Too Large
|
Table 346: Put Errors
This operation is used by the server to interrogate the
client to determine its capabilities and/or protocol mechanisms. The Query
Function field in the request SHALL contain one or more of the following
items:
·
Query Operations
·
Query Objects
·
Query Server Information
·
Query Extension List
·
Query Extension Map
·
Query Attestation Types
·
Query RNGs
·
Query Validations
·
Query Profiles
·
Query Capabilities
·
Query Client Registration Methods
The Operation fields in the response contain
Operation enumerated values, which SHALL list all the operations that the
client supports. If the request contains a Query Operations value in the Query
Function field, then these fields SHALL be returned in the response.
The Object Type fields in the response contain
Object Type enumerated values, which SHALL list all the object types that the
client supports. If the request contains a Query Objects value in the
Query Function field, then these fields SHALL be returned in the response.
The Server Information field in the response is a structure
containing vendor-specific fields and/or substructures. If the request contains
a Query Server Information value in the Query Function field, then this
field SHALL be returned in the response.
The Extension Information fields in the response
contain the descriptions of Objects with Item Tag values in the Extensions
range that are supported by the server. If the request contains a Query
Extension List and/or Query Extension Map value in the Query
Function field, then the Extensions Information fields SHALL be returned in the
response. If the Query Function field contains the Query Extension Map value,
then the Extension Tag and Extension Type fields SHALL be specified in the
Extension Information values. If both Query Extension List and Query Extension
Map are specified in the request, then only the response to Query Extension Map
SHALL be returned and the Query Extension List SHALL be ignored.
The Attestation Type fields in the response contain
Attestation Type enumerated values, which SHALL list all the attestation types
that the client supports. If the request contains a Query Attestation Types
value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the
response if the server supports any Attestation Types.
The RNG Parameters fields in the response SHALL
list all the Random Number Generators that the client supports. If the request
contains a Query RNGs value in the Query Function field, then this field
SHALL be returned in the response. If the server is unable to specify details
of the RNG then it SHALL return an RNG Parameters with the RNG
Algorithm enumeration of Unspecified.
The Validation Information field in the response is
a structure containing details of each formal validation which the client
asserts. If the request contains a Query Validations value, then zero or
more Validation Information fields SHALL be returned in the response. A
client MAY elect to return no validation information in the response.
A Profile Information field in the response is a
structure containing details of the profiles that a client supports including
potentially how it supports that profile. If the request contains a Query Profiles
value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the
response if the client supports any Profiles.
The Capability Information fields in the response
contain details of the capability of the client.
The Client Registration Method fields in the
response contain Client Registration Method enumerated values, which SHALL list
all the client registration methods that the client supports. If the request
contains a Query Client Registration Methods value in the Query Function
field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response if the server supports
any Client Registration Methods.
Note that the response payload is empty if there are no
values to return.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Query Function
|
Yes, MAY be Repeated
|
Determines the information being queried.
|
Table 347: Query Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Operation
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies an Operation that is supported by the
client.
|
|
Object Type
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies a Managed Object Type that is supported by
the client.
|
|
Vendor Identification
|
No
|
SHALL be returned if Query Server Information is
requested. The Vendor Identification SHALL be a text string that uniquely identifies
the vendor.
|
|
Server Information
|
No
|
Contains vendor-specific information in response to
the Query.
|
|
Extension Information
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
SHALL be returned if Query Extension List or Query
Extension Map is requested and supported by the client.
|
|
Attestation Type
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies an Attestation Type that is supported by
the client.
|
|
RNG Parameters
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies the RNG that is supported by the client.
|
|
Profile Information
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies the Profiles that are supported by the client.
|
|
Validation Information
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies the validations that are supported by the client.
|
|
Capability Information
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies the capabilities that are supported by the
client.
|
|
Client Registration Method
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
Specifies a Client Registration Method that is
supported by the client.
|
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Query Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Permission
Denied, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported,
Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response
Too Large
|
Table 348:
Query Errors
This operation requests specifying
the role of server for subsequent requests and responses over the current
client-to-server communication channel. After successful completion of the
operation the server assumes the client role, and the client assumes the server
role, but the communication channel remains as established.
|
Request Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Endpoint Role
|
Yes
|
The endpoint role for the client to apply.
|
Table 349: Set Endpoint Role Request Payload
|
Response Payload
|
|
Item
|
REQUIRED
|
Description
|
|
Endpoint Role
|
Yes
|
The accepted endpoint role as applied by the client.
|
Table 350: Set Endpoint Role Response Payload
This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL
be returned for errors detected in a Set Endpoint Role Operation.
|
Result
Status
|
Result Reason
|
|
Operation
Failed
|
Permission
Denied, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported,
Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied,
Response Too Large
|
Table 351: Set Endpoint Role Errors
Common structure used across multiple operations
A list of Asynchronous Correlation Values.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Asynchronous Correlation Values
|
Structure
|
|
|
Asynchronous Correlation
Value
|
Byte String
|
No
|
Table 352 Asynchronous Correlation
Values Structure
The Asynchronous Request structure contains details of an
asynchronous request whose status has not yet been obtained by the submitter.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Asynchronous Request
|
Structure
|
|
|
Asynchronous Correlation
Value
|
Byte String
|
Yes
|
|
Operation
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Submission Date
|
Date Time Extended
|
Yes
|
|
Processing Stage
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
Table 353 Asynchronous Request
Structure
The Authenticated Encryption Additional Data object is used
in authenticated encryption and decryption operations that require the
transmission of that data between client and server.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Authenticated Encryption Additional Data
|
Byte String
|
No
|
Table 354 Authenticated Encryption Additional Data
The Authenticated Encryption Tag object is used to validate
the integrity of the data encrypted and decrypted in “Authenticated Encryption”
mode. See [SP800-38D].
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Authenticated Encryption Tag
|
Byte String
|
No
|
Table 355 Authenticated Encryption Tag
The Capability Information base object is a structure
that contains details of the supported capabilities.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Capability Information
|
Structure
|
|
|
Streaming Capability
|
Boolean
|
No
|
|
Asynchronous Capability
|
Boolean
|
No
|
|
Attestation Capability
|
Boolean
|
No
|
|
Batch Undo Capability
|
Boolean
|
No
|
|
Batch Continue
Capability
|
Boolean
|
No
|
|
Unwrap Mode
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
Destroy Action
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
Shredding Algorithm
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
RNG Mode
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
Quantum Safe Capability
|
Boolean
|
No
|
Table 356: Capability Information Structure
The Constraint is a structure that contains details
of a constraint that is applied to operations that create
Managed Objects.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Constraint
|
Structure
|
YES
|
|
Object Types
|
Structure
|
No
|
|
Object Groups
|
Structure
|
No
|
|
Attributes
|
Structure
|
No
|
Table 357: Constraint Structure
A set of Constraint structures.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Constraints
|
Structure
|
YES
|
|
Constraint
|
Structure
|
No, May be repeated.
|
Table 358: Constraints Structure
The Correlation Value is used in requests and
responses in cryptographic operations that support multi-part (streaming)
operations. This is generated by the server and returned in the first response
to an operation that is being performed across multiple requests. Note: the
server decides which operations are supported for multi-part usage. A
server-generated correlation value SHALL be specified in any subsequent
cryptographic operations that pertain to the original operation.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Correlation Value
|
Byte String
|
Table 359: Correlation Value Structure
The Data object is used in requests and responses
in cryptographic operations that pass data between the client and the server.
|
Encoding
|
Description
|
|
Byte String
|
The Data
|
|
Enumeration
|
Data Enumeration
|
|
Integer
|
Zero based nth Data in the response. If negative the
count is backwards from the beginning of the current operation’s batch item.
|
Table 360: Data encoding descriptions
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Data
|
Byte String, Enumeration or Integer
|
Table 361: Data
The Data Length is used in requests in cryptographic
operations to indicate the amount of data expected in a response.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Data Length
|
Integer
|
Table 362: Data Length Structure
The Defaults Information is a structure used in
Query responses for values that servers will use if clients omit them from
factory operations requests.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Defaults Information
|
Structure
|
|
|
Object Defaults
|
Structure, may be
repeated
|
No
|
Table 363: Defaults Information Structure
The Derivation Parameters for all derivation methods consist
of the following parameters.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Derivation Parameters
|
Structure
|
Yes.
|
|
Cryptographic Parameters,
|
Structure
|
No, depends on the PRF.
|
|
Initialization Vector
|
Byte String
|
No, depends on the PRF (if
different than those defined in [PKCS#5]) and mode
of operation: an empty IV is assumed if not provided.
|
|
Derivation Data
|
Byte String
|
Yes, unless the Unique
Identifier of a Secret Data object is provided. May be repeated.
|
|
Salt
|
Byte String
|
Yes if Derivation method is
PBKDF2.
|
|
Iteration Count
|
Integer
|
Yes if Derivation method is
PBKDF2.
|
Table 364: Derivation Parameters Structure
Cryptographic Parameters identify
the Pseudorandom Function (PRF) or the mode of operation of the PRF (e.g., if a
key is to be derived using the HASH derivation method, then clients are
REQUIRED to indicate the hash algorithm inside Cryptographic Parameters;
similarly, if a key is to be derived using AES in CBC mode, then clients are REQUIRED
to indicate the Block Cipher Mode).
If a key is derived using HMAC, then the attributes of the
derivation key provide enough information about the PRF, and the Cryptographic
Parameters are ignored.
Derivation Data is either the data to be encrypted,
hashed, or HMACed. For the NIST SP 800-108 methods [SP800-108],
Derivation Data is Label||{0x00}||Context, where the all-zero byte is optional.
Most derivation methods (e.g., Encrypt) REQUIRE a
derivation key and the derivation data to be used. The HASH derivation method
REQUIRES either a derivation key or derivation data. Derivation data MAY either
be explicitly provided by the client with the Derivation Data field or
implicitly provided by providing the Unique Identifier of a Secret Data object.
If both are provided, then an error SHALL be returned.
For the AWS Signature Version 4 derivation method, the Derivation
Data is (in order) the Date, Region, and Service.
For the HKDF derivation method, the Input Key Material is
provided by the specified managed object, the salt is provided in the Salt
field of the Derivation Parameters, the optional information is provided in the
Derivation Data field of the Derivation Parameters, the output length is
specified in the Cryptographic Length attribute provided in the Attributes
request parameter. The default hash function is SHA-256 and may be overriden by
specifying a Hashing Algorithm in the Cryptographic Parameters field of the
Derivation Parameters.
An Extension Information object is a structure
describing Objects with Item Tag values in the Extensions range. The Extension
Name is a Text String that is used to name the Object. The Extension Tag is the
Item Tag Value of the Object. The Extension Type is the Item Type Value of the
Object.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Extension Information
|
Structure
|
|
|
Extension Name
|
Text String
|
Yes
|
|
Extension Tag
|
Integer
|
No
|
|
Extension Type
|
Enumeration (Item Type)
|
No
|
|
Extension Enumeration
|
Integer
|
No
|
|
Extension Attribute
|
Boolean
|
No
|
|
Extension Parent
Structure Tag
|
Integer
|
No
|
|
Extension Description
|
Text String
|
No
|
Table 365: Extension Information Structure
The Final Indicator is used in requests in
cryptographic operations that support multi-part (streaming) operations. This
is provided in the final (last) request with a value of True to an operation
that is being performed across multiple requests.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Final Indicator
|
Boolean
|
Table 366: Final Indicator Structure
The IInterop Functrion is used in requests and
responses in to indicate the commencement or completion of an interop
operation.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Interop Function
|
Enumeration
|
Table 367: Interop Function
Structure
The Interop Identifier is used in requests and
responses in to indicate that which interop test is being performed.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Interop identifier
|
TextString
|
Table 368: Interop Function
Structure
The Init Indicator is used in requests in
cryptographic operations that support multi-part (streaming) operations. This
is provided in the first request with a value of True to an operation that is
being performed across multiple requests.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Init Indicator
|
Boolean
|
Table 369: Init Indicator Structure
This is a separate structure that is defined for
operations that provide the option to return wrapped keys. The Key Wrapping Specification SHALL be included
inside the operation request if clients request the server to return a wrapped
key. If Cryptographic Parameters are specified in the Encryption Key
Information and/or the MAC/Signature Key Information of the Key
Wrapping Specification, then the server SHALL verify that they match one of the
instances of the Cryptographic Parameters attribute of the corresponding key..
If the corresponding key does not have any Cryptographic Parameters attribute,
or if no match is found, then an error is returned.
This structure contains:
·
A Wrapping Method that indicates the method used to wrap the Key
Value.
·
Encryption Key Information with the Unique Identifier value of
the encryption key and associated cryptographic parameters.
·
MAC/Signature Key Information with the Unique Identifier value of
the MAC/signature key and associated cryptographic parameters.
·
Zero or more Attribute Names to indicate the attributes to be
wrapped with the key material.
·
An Encoding Option, specifying the encoding of the Key Value
before wrapping. If No Encoding is specified, then the Key Value SHALL NOT
contain any attributes
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Key Wrapping Specification
|
Structure
|
|
|
Wrapping Method
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Encryption Key
Information
|
Structure
|
No, SHALL be present if MAC/Signature Key
Information is omitted
|
|
MAC/Signature Key
Information
|
Structure
|
No, SHALL be present if Encryption Key
Information is omitted
|
|
Attribute Name
|
Text String, MAY be
repeated
|
No
|
|
Encoding Option
|
Enumeration
|
No. If Encoding Option is not present, the wrapped
Key Value SHALL be TTLV encoded.
|
Table 370: Key Wrapping Specification Object Structure
The Log Message is used in the Log operation.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Log Message
|
Text String
|
Table 371: Log Message Structure
The MAC Data is used in requests and responses in
cryptographic operations that pass MAC data between the client and the server.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
MAC Data
|
Byte String
|
Table 372: MAC Data Structure
A list of Object Unique Identifiers.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Objects
|
Structure
|
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
Text String,
Enumeration or Integer
|
No, May be repeated.
|
Table 373: Objects Structure
The Object Defaults is a structure that details the
values that the server will use if the client omits them on factory methods for
objects. The structure list the Attributes and their values by Object Type
enumeration, as well as the Object Group(s) for which such defaults pertain (if
not pertinent to ALL Object Group values).
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Object Defaults
|
Structure
|
|
|
Object Type |
ObjectTypes
|
Enumeration | Structure
|
Yes
|
|
Attributes
|
Structure
|
Yes
|
|
Object Groups
|
Structure
|
No
|
Table 374: Object Defaults Structure
The Object Groups is a structure that lists the
relevant Object Group Attributes and their values.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Object Groups
|
Structure
|
|
|
Object Group
|
Attribute, May be repeated
|
No
|
Table 375: Object Groups
Structure
The Object Types is a list of Object Type(s).
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Object Types
|
Structure
|
|
|
Object Type
|
Enumeration
|
No, May be repeated.
|
Table 376: ObjectTypes Structure
A list of Operations.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Operations
|
Structure
|
|
|
Operation
|
Enumeration
|
No, May be repeated.
|
Table 377: Operations Structure
The PKCS#11 Function structure contains
details of the PKCS#11 Function. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain
types of profiles.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
PKCS#11 Function
|
Structure
|
|
|
PKCS#11 Function
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
Table 378: PKCS#11 Function
Structure
The PKCS#11 Input Parameters structure
contains details of the PKCS#11 Input Parameters. Specific fields MAY pertain
only to certain types of profiles.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
PKCS#11 Input Parameters
|
Structure
|
|
|
PKCS#11 Input
Parameters
|
ByteString
|
No
|
Table 379: PKCS#11 Input
Parameters Structure
The PKCS#11 Interface structure contains
details of the PKCS#11 Interface. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain
types of profiles.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
PKCS#11 Interface
|
Structure
|
|
|
PKCS#11 Interface
|
TextString
|
No
|
Table 380: PKCS#11 Interface Structure
The PKCS#11 Output Parameters structure
contains details of the PKCS#11 Output Parameters. Specific fields MAY pertain
only to certain types of profiles.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
PKCS#11 Output Parameters
|
Structure
|
|
|
PKCS#11 Output
Parameters
|
ByteString
|
No
|
Table 381: PKCS#11 Output
Parameters Structure
The PKCS#11 Return Code structure contains
details of the PKCS#11 Return Code. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain
types of profiles.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
PKCS#11 Return Code
|
Structure
|
|
|
PKCS#11 Return Code
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
Table 382: PKCS#11 Return Code
Structure
The Profile Information structure contains details of
the supported profiles. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain types of
profiles.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Profile Information
|
Structure
|
|
|
Profile Name
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Profile Version
|
Structure
|
No
|
|
Server URI
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Server Port
|
Integer
|
No
|
Table 383: Profile Information Structure
The Profile Version structure contains the version
number of the profile, ensuring that the profile is fully understood by both
communicating parties. The version number SHALL be specified in two parts,
major and minor.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Profile Version
|
Structure
|
|
|
Profile Version Major
|
Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Profile Version Minor
|
Integer
|
Yes
|
Table 384: Profile Version Structure
The Protection Storage Masks operations data object is a
structure that contains an ordered collection of
Protection Storage Mask selections acceptable to the
client. The server MAY service the request with
ANY Storage Protection Mask that the client passes,
but SHALL return an error if no single Storage
Protection Mask can be satisfied in its entirety (all
bits match). When more than one Protection Storage
Mask is specified by a Client, then all are
acceptable alternatives. Note that there are also variants of
Protection Storage Masks to deal with the operations
that deal with asymmetric pairs (Common
Protection Storage Masks, Private Protection
Storage Masks and Public Protection Storage Masks), as
the client may have different requirements on the parts of
the pair, but the layout of those variants is
identical to the one expressed here.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Protection Storage Masks
|
Structure
|
|
Table 385: Protection Storage
Mask Structure
The Right base object is a structure that defines a right
to perform specific numbers of specific operations on specific managed objects.
If any field is omitted, then that aspect is unrestricted..
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Right
|
Structure
|
|
|
Usage Limits
|
Structure
|
No
|
|
Operations
|
Structure
|
No
|
|
Objects
|
Structure
|
No
|
|
Object Groups
|
Structure
|
No
|
Table 386: Right Structure
A list of Rights.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Rights
|
Structure
|
|
|
Right
|
Structure
|
No, May be repeated.
|
Table 387: Rights Structure
The RNG Parameters base object is a structure that
contains a mandatory RNG Algorithm and a set of OPTIONAL fields that describe a
Random Number Generator. Specific fields pertain only to certain types of RNGs.
The RNG Algorithm SHALL be specified and if the algorithm
implemented is unknown or the implementation does not want to provide the
specific details of the RNG Algorithm then the Unspecified enumeration SHALL be
used.
If the cryptographic building blocks used within the RNG
are known they MAY be specified in combination of the remaining fields within
the RNG Parameters structure.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
RNG Parameters
|
Structure
|
|
|
RNG Algorithm
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Cryptographic Algorithm
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
Cryptographic Length
|
Integer
|
No
|
|
Hashing Algorithm
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
DRBG Algorithm
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
Recommended Curve
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
FIPS186 Variation
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
Prediction Resistance
|
Boolean
|
No
|
Table 388: RNG Parameters Structure
The Server Information base
object is a structure that contains a set of OPTIONAL fields that describe
server information. Where a server supports returning information in a
vendor-specific field for which there is an equivalent field within the
structure, the server SHALL provide the standardized version of the field.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Server Information
|
Structure
|
|
|
Server name
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Server serial number
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Server version
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Server load
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Product name
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Build level
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Build date
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Cluster info
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Alternative failover
endpoints
|
Text String, MAY be
repeated
|
No
|
|
Vendor-Specific
|
Any, MAY be repeated
|
No
|
Table 389: Server Information Structure
The Signature Data is used in requests and
responses in cryptographic operations that pass signature data between the
client and the server.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Signature Data
|
Byte String
|
Table 390: Signature Data Structure
The ticket structure used to specify a Ticket
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Ticket
|
Structure
|
|
|
Ticket Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Ticket Value
|
Byte String
|
Yes
|
Table 391: Ticket Structure
The Usage Limits structure is used to limit the
number of operations that may be performed.
|
Item
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Usage Limits
|
Structure
|
|
|
Usage Limits Total
|
Long Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Usage Limits Count
|
Long Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Usage Limits Unit
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
Table 392: Usage limits Structure
The Validation Information base object is a structure
that contains details of a formal validation. Specific fields MAY pertain only
to certain types of validations.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Validation Information
|
Structure
|
|
|
Validation Authority Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Validation Authority Country
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Validation Authority URI
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Validation Version Major
|
Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Validation Version Minor
|
Integer
|
No
|
|
Validation Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Validation Level
|
Integer
|
Yes
|
|
Validation Certificate Identifier
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Validation Certificate URI
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Validation Vendor URI
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Validation Profile
|
Text String, MAY be
repeated
|
No
|
Table 393: Validation Information Structure
The Validation Authority along with the Validation Version
Major, Validation Type and Validation Level SHALL be provided to uniquely
identify a validation for a given validation authority. If the Validation
Certificate URI is not provided the server SHOULD include a Validation Vendor
URI from which information related to the validation is available.
The Validation Authority Country is the two letter ISO
country code.
The messages in the protocol consist of a message header,
one or more batch items (which contain OPTIONAL message payloads), and OPTIONAL
message extensions. The message headers contain fields whose presence is
determined by the protocol features used (e.g., asynchronous responses). The
field contents are also determined by whether the message is a request or a
response. The message payload is determined by the specific operation being
requested or to which is being replied.
The message headers are structures that contain some of
the following objects.
Messages contain the following objects and fields. All
fields SHALL appear in the order specified.
If the client is capable of accepting asynchronous
responses, then it MAY set the Asynchronous Indicator in the header of a
batched request. The batched responses MAY contain a mixture of synchronous and
asynchronous responses only if the Asynchronous Indicator is present in the
header.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Request Message
|
Structure
|
|
|
Request Header
|
Structure
|
Yes
|
|
Batch Item
|
Structure, MAY be repeated
|
Yes
|
Table 394: Request Message Structure
|
Request Header
|
|
Object
|
REQUIRED in Message
|
Comment
|
|
Request Header
|
Yes
|
Structure
|
|
Protocol Version
|
Yes
|
|
|
Maximum Response Size
|
No
|
|
|
Client Correlation Value
|
No
|
|
|
Server Correlation Value
|
No
|
|
|
Asynchronous Indicator
|
No
|
|
|
Attestation Capable Indicator
|
No
|
|
|
Attestation Type
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
|
|
Authentication
|
No
|
|
|
Batch Error Continuation Option
|
No
|
If omitted, then Stop is assumed
|
|
Batch Order Option
|
No
|
If omitted, then True is assumed
|
|
Time Stamp
|
No
|
|
|
Batch Count
|
Yes
|
|
Table 395: Request Header Structure
|
Request Batch
Item
|
|
Object
|
REQUIRED in Message
|
Comment
|
|
Batch Item
|
Yes
|
Structure
|
|
Operation
|
Yes
|
|
|
Ephemeral
|
No
|
Indicates that the Data output of the operation should not be
returned to the client. Boolean.
|
|
Unique Batch Item ID
|
No
|
REQUIRED if Batch Count > 1
|
|
Request Payload
|
Yes
|
Structure, contents depend on the Operation
|
|
Message Extension
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
|
Table 396: Request Batch Item Structure
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Response Message
|
Structure
|
|
|
Response Header
|
Structure
|
Yes
|
|
Batch Item
|
Structure, MAY be repeated
|
Yes
|
Table 397: Response Message Structure
|
Response Header
|
|
Object
|
REQUIRED
in Message
|
Comment
|
|
Response Header
|
Yes
|
Structure
|
|
Protocol Version
|
Yes
|
|
|
Time Stamp
|
Yes
|
|
|
Nonce
|
No
|
|
|
Server Hashed Password
|
Yes, if Hashed Password
credential was used
|
Hash(Timestamp || S1 || Hash(S2)), where S1, S2 and
the Hash algorithm are defined in the Hashed Password credential.
|
|
Attestation Type
|
No, MAY be repeated
|
REQUIRED in Attestation Required error
message if client set Attestation Capable Indicator to True in the request
|
|
Client Correlation Value
|
No
|
|
|
Server Correlation Value
|
No
|
|
|
Batch Count
|
Yes
|
|
Table 398: Response Header Structure
|
Response Batch
Item
|
|
Object
|
REQUIRED
in Message
|
Comment
|
|
Batch Item
|
Yes
|
Structure
|
|
Operation
|
Yes, if specified in
Request Batch Item
|
|
|
Unique Batch Item ID
|
No
|
REQUIRED if present in Request Batch Item
|
|
Result Status
|
Yes
|
|
|
Result Reason
|
Yes, if Result Status
is Failure
|
REQUIRED if Result Status is Failure,
otherwise OPTIONAL
|
|
Result Message
|
No
|
OPTIONAL if Result Status is not Pending or
Success
|
|
Asynchronous
Correlation Value
|
No
|
REQUIRED if Result Status is Pending
|
|
Response Payload
|
Yes, if not a failure
|
Structure, contents depend on the Operation
|
|
Message Extension
|
No
|
|
Table 399: Response Batch Item Structure
Data structures passed within request and response messages.
This is returned in the immediate response to an operation
that is pending and that requires asynchronous polling. Note: the server
decides which operations are performed synchronously or asynchronously. A
server-generated correlation value SHALL be specified in any subsequent Poll or
Cancel operations that pertain to the original operation.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Asynchronous Correlation Value
|
Byte String
|
Table 400: Asynchronous Correlation Value in Response
Batch Item
This Enumeration indicates whether the client is able to
accept an asynchronous response. If not present in a request, then Prohibited
is assumed. If the value is Prohibited, the server SHALL process the request synchronously.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Asynchronous Indicator
|
Enumeration
|
Table 401: Asynchronous Indicator in Message Request
Header
The Attestation Capable Indicator flag indicates
whether the client is able to create an Attestation Credential object. It SHALL
have Boolean value True if the client is able to create an Attestation
Credential object, and the value False otherwise. If not present, the value
False is assumed. If a client indicates that it is not able to create an
Attestation Credential Object, and the client has issued an operation that
requires attestation such as Get, then the server SHALL respond to the request
with a failure.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Attestation Capable Indicator
|
Boolean
|
Table 402: Attestation Capable Indicator in Message
Request Header
This is used to authenticate the requester. It is an
OPTIONAL information item, depending on the type of request being issued and on
server policies. Servers MAY require authentication on no requests, a subset of
the requests, or all requests, depending on policy. Query operations
used to interrogate server features and functions SHOULD NOT require
authentication. The Authentication structure SHALL contain one or more
Credential structures. If multiple Credential structures are provided then they
must ALL be satisfied.
Specific authentication mechanisms are specified in [KMIP-Prof].
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Authentication
|
Structure
|
|
Credential, MAY be
repeated
|
Structure
|
Table 403: Authentication Structure in Message Header
This field contains the number of Batch Items in a message
and is REQUIRED. If only a single operation is being requested, then the batch
count SHALL be set to 1. The Message Payload, which follows the Message Header,
contains one or more batch items.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Batch Count
|
Integer
|
Table 404: Batch Count in Message Header
This option SHALL only be present if the Batch Count is
greater than 1. This option SHALL have one of three values (Undo, Stop
or Continue). If not specified, then Stop is assumed.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Batch Error Continuation Option
|
Enumeration
|
Table 405: Batch Error Continuation Option in Message
Request Header
This field consists of a structure that holds the
individual requests or responses in a batch, and is REQUIRED. The contents of
the batch items are described in Section Error! Reference source not found..
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Batch Item
|
Structure
|
Table 406: Batch Item in Message
A Boolean value used in requests where the Batch Count is
greater than 1. If True, then batched operations SHALL be executed in the order
in which they appear within the request. If False, then the server MAY choose
to execute the batched operations in any order. If not specified, then True is
assumed.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Batch Order Option
|
Boolean
|
Table 407: Batch Order Option in Message Request
Header
The Client Correlation Value is a string that MAY be added
to messages by clients to provide additional
information to the server. It need not be unique. The server
SHOULD log this information.
For client to server operations, the Client Correlation
Value is provided in the request. For server to client operations the Client
Correlation Value is provided in the response.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Client Correlation Value
|
Text String
|
Table 408: Client Correlation Value in Message Request
Header
The Server Correlation Value SHOULD be provided by the
server and SHOULD be globally unique, and SHOULD be logged by the server with
each request.
For client to server operations the Server Correlation Value
is provided in the response. For server to client operations, the Server
Correlation Value is provided in the request.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Server Correlation Value
|
Text String
|
Table 409: Server Correlation
Value in Message Request Header
A Credential is a structure used for client
identification purposes and is not managed by the key management system (e.g.,
user id/password pairs, Kerberos tokens, etc.). It MAY be used for
authentication purposes as indicated in [KMIP-Prof].
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Credential
|
Structure
|
|
|
Credential Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Credential Value
|
Varies based on Credential Type.
|
Yes
|
Table 410: Credential Object Structure
If the Credential Type in the Credential is Username and
Password, then Credential Value is a structure. The Username field
identifies the client, and the Password field is a secret that authenticates
the client.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Credential Value
|
Structure
|
|
|
Username
|
Text String
|
Yes
|
|
Password
|
Text String
|
No
|
Table 411: Credential Value Structure for the Username
and Password Credential
If the Credential Type in the Credential is Device,
then Credential Value is a structure. One or a combination of the Device Serial
Number, Network Identifier, Machine Identifier, and Media
Identifier SHALL be unique. Server implementations MAY enforce policies on
uniqueness for individual fields. A shared secret or password MAY also be used
to authenticate the client. The client SHALL provide at least one field.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Credential Value
|
Structure
|
|
|
Device Serial Number
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Password
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Device Identifier
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Network Identifier
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Machine Identifier
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
Media Identifier
|
Text String
|
No
|
Table 412: Credential Value Structure for the Device Credential
If the Credential Type in the Credential is Attestation,
then Credential Value is a structure. The Nonce Value is obtained from
the key management server in a Nonce Object. The Attestation Credential Object
can contain a measurement from the client or an assertion from a third party if
the server is not capable or willing to verify the attestation data from the
client. Neither type of attestation data (Attestation Measurement or Attestation
Assertion) is necessary to allow the server to accept either. However, the
client SHALL provide attestation data in either the Attestation Measurement
or Attestation Assertion fields.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Credential Value
|
Structure
|
|
|
Nonce
|
Structure
|
Yes
|
|
Attestation Type
|
Enumeration
|
Yes
|
|
Attestation Measurement
|
Byte String
|
No
|
|
Attestation Assertion
|
Byte String
|
No
|
Table 413: Credential Value Structure for the
Attestation Credential
If the Credential Type in the Credential is One Time
Password, then Credential Value is a structure. The Username field identifies
the client, and the Password field is a secret that authenticates the client.
The One Time Password field contains a one time password (OTP) which may only
be used for a single authentication.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Credential Value
|
Structure
|
|
|
Username
|
Text String
|
Yes
|
|
Password
|
Text String
|
No
|
|
One Time Password
|
Text String
|
Yes
|
Table 414: Credential Value Structure for the One Time
Password Credential
If the Credential Type in the Credential is Hashed Password,
then Credential Value is a structure. The Username field identifies the client.
The timestamp is the current timestamp used to produce the hash and SHALL
monotonically increase. The Hashing Algorithm SHALL default to SHA 256. The
Hashed Password is define as
Hashed Password = Hash(S1 || Timestamp) || S2
Where
S1 = Hash(Username || Password)
S2 = Hash(Password || Username)
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Credential Value
|
Structure
|
|
|
Username
|
Text String
|
Yes
|
|
Timestamp
|
Date Time Extended
|
Yes
|
|
Hashing Algorithm
|
Enumeration
|
No
|
|
Hashed Password
|
Byte String
|
Yes
|
Table 415: Credential Value Structure for the Hashed Password
Credential
If the Credential Type in the Credential is Ticket, then
Credential Value is a structure.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Credential Value
|
Structure
|
|
|
Ticket
|
Structure
|
Yes
|
Table 416: Credential Value Structure for the Ticket
This is an OPTIONAL field contained in a request message,
and is used to indicate the maximum size of a response, in bytes, that the
requester SHALL be able to handle. It SHOULD only be sent in requests that
possibly return large replies.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Maximum Response Size
|
Integer
|
Table 417: Maximum Response Size in Message Request
Header
The Message Extension is an OPTIONAL structure that
MAY be appended to any Batch Item. It is used to extend protocol messages for
the purpose of adding vendor-specified extensions. The Message Extension is a
structure that SHALL contain the Vendor Identification, Criticality Indicator,
and Vendor Extension fields. The Vendor Identification SHALL be a text
string that uniquely identifies the vendor, allowing a client to determine if
it is able to parse and understand the extension. If a client or server
receives a protocol message containing a message extension that it does not
understand, then its actions depend on the Criticality Indicator. If the
indicator is True (i.e., Critical), and the receiver does not understand the
extension, then the receiver SHALL reject the entire message. If the indicator
is False (i.e., Non-Critical), and the receiver does not understand the
extension, then the receiver MAY process the rest of the message as if the
extension were not present. The Vendor Extension structure SHALL contain
vendor-specific extensions.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Message Extension
|
Structure
|
|
Vendor Identification
|
Text String (with usage
limited to alphanumeric, underscore and period – i.e. [A-Za-z0-9_.])
|
|
Criticality Indicator
|
Boolean
|
|
Vendor Extension
|
Structure
|
Table 418: Message Extension Structure in Batch Item
A Nonce object is a structure used by the server to
send a random value to the client. The Nonce Identifier is assigned by the
server and used to identify the Nonce object. The Nonce Value consists of the
random data created by the server.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
REQUIRED
|
|
Nonce
|
Structure
|
|
|
Nonce ID
|
Byte String
|
Yes
|
|
Nonce Value
|
Byte String
|
Yes
|
Table 419: Nonce Structure
This field indicates the operation being requested or the
operation for which the response is being returned.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Operation
|
Enumeration
|
Table 420: Operation in Batch Item
This field contains the version number of the protocol,
ensuring that the protocol is fully understood by both communicating parties.
The version number SHALL be specified in two parts, major and minor. Servers
and clients SHALL support backward compatibility with versions of the protocol
with the same major version. Support for backward compatibility with different
major versions is OPTIONAL.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Protocol Version
|
Structure
|
|
Protocol Version Major
|
Integer
|
|
Protocol Version Minor
|
Integer
|
Table 421: Protocol Version Structure in Message
Header
This field MAY be returned in a response. It contains a
more descriptive error message, which MAY be provided to an end user or used
for logging/auditing purposes.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Result Message
|
Text String
|
Table 422: Result Message in Response Batch Item
This field indicates a reason for failure or a modifier
for a partially successful operation and SHALL be present in responses that
return a Result Status of Failure. In such a case, the Result Reason SHALL be
set as specified. It SHALL NOT be present in any response that returns a Result
Status of Success.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Result Reason
|
Enumeration
|
Table 423: Result Reason in Response Batch Item
This is sent in a response message and indicates the
success or failure of a request. The following values MAY be set in this field:
·
Success – The requested operation completed successfully.
·
Operation Pending – The requested operation is in
progress, and it is necessary to obtain the actual result via asynchronous
polling. The asynchronous correlation value SHALL be used for the subsequent
polling of the result status.
·
Operation Undone – The requested operation was performed,
but had to be undone (i.e., due to a failure in a batch for which the Error
Continuation Option was set to Undo).
·
Operation Failed – The requested operation failed.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Result Status
|
Enumeration
|
Table 424: Result Status in Response Batch Item
This is an OPTIONAL field contained in a client request.
It is REQUIRED in a server request and response. It is used for time stamping,
and MAY be used to enforce reasonable time usage at a client (e.g., a server
MAY choose to reject a request if a client's time stamp contains a value that
is too far off the server’s time). Note that the time stamp MAY be used by a
client that has no real-time clock, but has a countdown timer, to obtain useful
“seconds from now” values from all of the Date attributes by performing a
subtraction.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Time Stamp
|
Date-Time
|
Table 425: Time Stamp in Message Header
This is an OPTIONAL field contained in a request, and is
used for correlation between requests and responses. If a request has a Unique
Batch Item ID, then responses to that request SHALL have the same Unique
Batch Item ID.
|
Object
|
Encoding
|
|
Unique Batch Item ID
|
Byte String
|
Table 426: Unique Batch Item ID in Batch Item
In order to minimize the resource impact on potentially
low-function clients, one encoding mechanism to be used for protocol messages
is a simplified TTLV (Tag, Type, Length, Value) scheme.
The scheme is designed to minimize the CPU cycle and
memory requirements of clients that need to encode or decode protocol messages,
and to provide optimal alignment for both 32-bit and 64-bit processors.
Minimizing bandwidth over the transport mechanism is considered to be of lesser
importance.
An Item Tag is a three-byte binary unsigned integer,
transmitted big endian, which contains the Tag Enumeration Value
(using only the three least significant bytes of the enumeration).
An Item Type is a byte containing a coded value that
indicates the data type of the data object using the specified Item Type
Enumeration (using only the least significant byte of the enumeration).
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Structure
|
Encoded as the concatenated encodings of the
elements of the structure. All structures defined in this specification SHALL
have all of their fields encoded in the order in which they appear in their
respective structure descriptions
|
|
Integer
|
Encoded as four-byte long (32 bit) binary signed
numbers in 2's complement notation, transmitted big-endian.
|
|
Long Integer
|
Encoded as eight-byte long (64 bit) binary signed
numbers in 2's complement notation, transmitted big-endian.
|
|
Big Integer
|
Encoded as a sequence of eight-bit bytes, in two's
complement notation, transmitted big-endian. If the length of the sequence is
not a multiple of eight bytes, then Big Integers SHALL be padded with the
minimal number of leading sign-extended bytes to make the length a multiple
of eight bytes. These padding bytes are part of the Item Value and SHALL be
counted in the Item Length.
|
|
Enumeration
|
Encoded as four-byte long (32 bit) binary unsigned
numbers transmitted big-endian. Extensions, which are permitted, but are not
defined in this specification, contain the value 8 hex in the first nibble of
the first byte.
|
|
Boolean
|
Encoded as an eight-byte hex value 0000000000000000,
indicating the Boolean value False, or the hex value 0000000000000001,
indicating the Boolean value True, transmitted big-endian.
|
|
Text String
|
Sequences of bytes that encode character values
according to [RFC3629] the UTF-8 encoding standard.
|
|
Byte String
|
Sequences of bytes containing individual eight-bit
binary values.
|
|
Date Time
|
Encoded as eight-byte long (64 bit) binary signed
numbers in 2's complement notation, transmitted big-endian.
|
|
Interval
|
Encoded as four-byte long (32 bit) binary unsigned
numbers, transmitted big-endian.
|
|
Date Time Extended
|
Encoded as eight-byte long (64 bit) binary signed
numbers in 2's complement notation, transmitted big-endian.
|
An Item Length is a 32-bit binary integer, transmitted
big-endian, containing the number of bytes in the Item Value. The allowed
values are:
|
Data
Type
|
Length
|
|
Structure
|
Varies, multiple of 8
|
|
Integer
|
4
|
|
Long Integer
|
8
|
|
Big Integer
|
Varies, multiple of 8
|
|
Enumeration
|
4
|
|
Boolean
|
8
|
|
Text String
|
Varies
|
|
Byte String
|
Varies
|
|
Date Time
|
8
|
|
Interval
|
4
|
|
Date Time Extended
|
8
|
Table 427: Allowed Item Length Values
The item value is a sequence of bytes containing the value
of the data item, depending on the type.
If the Item Type is Structure, then the Item Length is the
total length of all of the sub-items contained in the structure, including any
padding. If the Item Type is Integer, Enumeration, Text String, Byte String, or
Interval, then the Item Length is the number of bytes excluding the padding
bytes. Text Strings and Byte Strings SHALL be padded with the minimal number of
bytes following the Item Value to obtain a multiple of eight bytes. Integers,
Enumerations, and Intervals SHALL be padded with four bytes following the Item
Value.
In addition to the mandatory TTLV messaging protocol, a
number of optional message-encoding mechanisms to support different transport
protocols and different client capabilities.
The HTTPs messaging protocol is specified in [KMIP-Prof].
The JSON messaging protocol is specified in [KMIP-Prof].
The XML messaging protocol is specified in [KMIP-Prof].
The mechanisms used to authenticate the client to the
server and the server to the client are not part of the message definitions, and
are external to the protocol. The KMIP Server SHALL support authentication as
defined in [KMIP-Prof].
KMIP Servers and Clients SHALL establish and maintain channel
confidentiality and integrity, and provide assurance of authenticity for KMIP
messaging as specified in [KMIP-Prof].
The following tables define the values for enumerated
lists. Values not listed (outside the range 80000000 to 8FFFFFFF) are reserved
for future KMIP versions.
Implementations SHALL NOT use Tag Values marked as
Reserved.
The Adjustment Type enumerations are:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Increment
|
Add the Adjustment Parameter to the value. Applies
to Integer, Long Integers, Big Integer, Interval, Date Time, and Date Time
Extended. The default is parameter is 1 for numeric types, 1 second for Date
Time, and 1 microsecond for Date Time Extended.
|
|
Decrement
|
Subtract the Adjustment Parameter to the value.
Applies to Integer, Long Integers, Big Integer, Interval, Date Time, and Date
Time Extended. The default is parameter is 1 for numeric types, 1 second for
Date Time, and 1 microsecond for Date Time Extended.
|
|
Negate
|
Negate the value. Applies to Integer, Long Integers,
Big Integer and Boolean types.
|
Table 428: Adjustment Type Descriptions
|
Adjustment
Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Increment
|
00000001
|
|
Decrement
|
00000002
|
|
Negate
|
00000003
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 429: Adjustment Type Enumeration
|
Alternative
Name Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Uninterpreted Text String
|
00000001
|
|
URI
|
00000002
|
|
Object Serial Number
|
00000003
|
|
Email Address
|
00000004
|
|
DNS Name
|
00000005
|
|
X.500 Distinguished Name
|
00000006
|
|
IP Address
|
00000007
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 430: Alternative Name Type Enumeration
Asynchronous Indicator enumerations are:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Mandatory
|
The server SHALL process all batch items in the
request asynchronously (returning an Asynchronous Correlation Value for each
batch item).
|
|
Optional
|
The server MAY process each batch item in the
request either asynchronously (returning an Asynchronous Correlation Value
for a batch item) or synchronously.
The method or policy by which the server determines
whether or not to process an individual batch item asynchronously is a
decision of the server and is outside of the scope of this protocol.
|
|
Prohibited
|
The server SHALL NOT process any batch item
asynchronously. All batch items SHALL be processed synchronously.
|
Table 431: Asynchronous Indicator Descriptions
|
Asynchronous
Indicator
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Mandatory
|
00000001
|
|
Optional
|
00000002
|
|
Prohibited
|
00000003
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 432: Asynchronous Indicator Enumeration
|
Attestation
Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
TPM Quote
|
00000001
|
|
TCG Integrity Report
|
00000002
|
|
SAML Assertion
|
00000003
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 433: Attestation Type Enumeration
Batch Error Continuation Option enumerations are:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Undo
|
If any operation in the request fails, then the
server SHALL undo all the previous operations.
Batch item fails and Result Status is set to
Operation Failed. Responses to batch items that have already been processed
are returned normally. Responses to batch items that have not been processed
are not returned.
|
|
Stop
|
If an operation fails, then the server SHALL NOT
continue processing subsequent operations in the request. Completed operations
SHALL NOT be undone.
Batch item fails and Result Status is set to
Operation Failed. Responses to other batch items are returned normally.
|
|
Continue
|
Return an error for the failed operation, and
continue processing subsequent operations in the request.
Batch item fails and Result Status is set to
Operation Failed. Batch items that had been processed have been undone and
their responses are returned with Undone result status.
|
Table 434: Batch Error Continuation Option
Descriptions
|
Batch Error
Continuation
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Continue
|
00000001
|
|
Stop
|
00000002
|
|
Undo
|
00000003
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 435: Batch Error Continuation Option Enumeration
|
Block Cipher
Mode
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
CBC
|
00000001
|
|
ECB
|
00000002
|
|
PCBC
|
00000003
|
|
CFB
|
00000004
|
|
OFB
|
00000005
|
|
CTR
|
00000006
|
|
CMAC
|
00000007
|
|
CCM
|
00000008
|
|
GCM
|
00000009
|
|
CBC-MAC
|
0000000A
|
|
XTS
|
0000000B
|
|
AESKeyWrapPadding
|
0000000C
|
|
NISTKeyWrap
|
0000000D
|
|
X9.102 AESKW
|
0000000E
|
|
X9.102 TDKW
|
0000000F
|
|
X9.102 AKW1
|
00000010
|
|
X9.102 AKW2
|
00000011
|
|
AEAD
|
00000012
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 436: Block Cipher Mode Enumeration
A Cancellation Result enumerations are:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Canceled
|
The cancel operation succeeded in canceling the
pending operation.
|
|
Unable to Cancel
|
The cancel operation is unable to cancel the pending
operation.
|
|
Completed
|
The pending operation completed successfully before
the cancellation operation was able to cancel it.
|
|
Failed
|
The pending operation completed with a failure
before the cancellation operation was able to cancel it.
|
|
Unavailable
|
Unavailable – The specified correlation value did not
match any recently pending or completed asynchronous operations.
|
Table 437: Cancellation Result Enumeration
Descriptions
|
Cancellation
Result
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Canceled
|
00000001
|
|
Unable to Cancel
|
00000002
|
|
Completed
|
00000003
|
|
Failed
|
00000004
|
|
Unavailable
|
00000005
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 438: Cancellation Result Enumeration
|
Certificate
Request Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
CRMF
|
00000001
|
|
PKCS#10
|
00000002
|
|
PEM
|
00000003
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000004
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 439: Certificate Request Type Enumeration
|
Certificate
Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
X.509
|
00000001
|
|
PGP
|
00000002
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 440: Certificate Type Enumeration
Client Registration Method enumerations are:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Server Pre-Generated
|
The server has pre-generated the client’s private
key. The returned PKCS#12 is protected with HEX(SHA256(Username ||
Password)).
|
|
Server On-Demand
|
The server generates the client’s private key on
demand. The returned PKCS#12 is protected with HEX(SHA256(Username ||
Password)).
|
|
Client Generated
|
The client generates the private key and sends a
Certificate Signing Request to the server to generate the certificate. The
returned PKCS#12 is protected with HEX(SHA256(Username || Password)).
|
|
Client Registered
|
The client generates the private key and the
certificates and registers the certificate with the server.
|
Table 441: Client Registration Method Enumeration
Descriptions
|
Client
Registration Method
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Unspecified
|
00000001
|
|
Server Pre-Generated
|
00000002
|
|
Server On-Demand
|
00000003
|
|
Client Generated
|
00000004
|
|
Client Registered
|
00000005
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
|
Credential
Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Username and Password
|
00000001
|
|
Device
|
00000002
|
|
Attestation
|
00000003
|
|
One Time Password
|
00000004
|
|
Hashed Password
|
00000005
|
|
Ticket
|
00000006
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 442: Credential Type Enumeration
|
Cryptographic
Algorithm
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
DES
|
00000001
|
|
3DES
|
00000002
|
|
AES
|
00000003
|
|
RSA
|
00000004
|
|
DSA
|
00000005
|
|
ECDSA
|
00000006
|
|
HMAC-SHA1
|
00000007
|
|
HMAC-SHA224
|
00000008
|
|
HMAC-SHA256
|
00000009
|
|
HMAC-SHA384
|
0000000A
|
|
HMAC-SHA512
|
0000000B
|
|
HMAC-MD5
|
0000000C
|
|
DH
|
0000000D
|
|
ECDH
|
0000000E
|
|
ECMQV
|
0000000F
|
|
Blowfish
|
00000010
|
|
Camellia
|
00000011
|
|
CAST5
|
00000012
|
|
IDEA
|
00000013
|
|
MARS
|
00000014
|
|
RC2
|
00000015
|
|
RC4
|
00000016
|
|
RC5
|
00000017
|
|
SKIPJACK
|
00000018
|
|
Twofish
|
00000019
|
|
EC
|
0000001A
|
|
One Time Pad
|
0000001B
|
|
ChaCha20
|
0000001C
|
|
Poly1305
|
0000001D
|
|
ChaCha20Poly1305
|
0000001E
|
|
SHA3-224
|
0000001F
|
|
SHA3-256
|
00000020
|
|
SHA3-384
|
00000021
|
|
SHA3-512
|
00000022
|
|
HMAC-SHA3-224
|
00000023
|
|
HMAC-SHA3-256
|
00000024
|
|
HMAC-SHA3-384
|
00000025
|
|
HMAC-SHA3-512
|
00000026
|
|
SHAKE-128
|
00000027
|
|
SHAKE-256
|
00000028
|
|
ARIA
|
00000029
|
|
SEED
|
0000002A
|
|
SM2
|
0000002B
|
|
SM3
|
0000002C
|
|
SM4
|
0000002D
|
|
GOST R 34.10-2012
|
0000002E
|
|
GOST R 34.11-2012
|
0000002F
|
|
GOST R 34.13-2015
|
00000030
|
|
GOST 28147-89
|
00000031
|
|
XMSS
|
00000032
|
|
SPHINCS-256
|
00000033
|
|
McEliece
|
00000034
|
|
McEliece-6960119
|
00000035
|
|
McEliece-8192128
|
00000036
|
|
Ed25519
|
00000037
|
|
Ed448
|
00000038
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 443: Cryptographic Algorithm Enumeration
|
Data
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Decrypt
|
00000001
|
|
Encrypt
|
00000002
|
|
Hash
|
00000003
|
|
MAC MAC Data
|
00000004
|
|
RNG Retrieve
|
00000005
|
|
Sign Signature Data
|
00000006
|
|
Signature Verify
|
00000007
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 444: Data Enumeration
The Derivation Method
enumerations are:
|
Item
|
Description
|
Mapping
|
|
PBKDF2
|
This method is used to derive a symmetric key from a password or pass
phrase.
|
[PKCS#5] and [RFC2898]
|
|
HASH
|
This method derives a key by computing a hash over the derivation key
or the derivation data.
|
|
|
HMAC
|
This method derives a key by computing an HMAC over the derivation
data.
|
|
|
ENCRYPT
|
This method derives a key by encrypting the derivation data.
|
|
|
NIST800-108-C
|
This method derives a key by computing the KDF in Counter Mode
|
[SP800-108]
|
|
NIST800-108-F
|
This method derives a key by computing the KDF in Feedback Mode
|
[SP800-108]
|
|
NIST800-108-DPI
|
This method derives a key by computing the KDF in Double-Pipeline
Iteration Mode
|
[SP800-108]
|
|
Asymmetric Key
|
This method derives a key using asymmetric key agreement between a private
and public key.
|
|
|
AWS Signature Version 4
|
As defined in Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4.
|
[AWS-SIGV4]
|
|
HKDF
|
HMAC-based Extract-and-Expand Key Derivation Function
|
[RFC5869]
|
Table 445: Derivation Method Enumeration Descriptions
|
Derivation
Method
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
PBKDF2
|
00000001
|
|
HASH
|
00000002
|
|
HMAC
|
00000003
|
|
ENCRYPT
|
00000004
|
|
NIST800-108-C
|
00000005
|
|
NIST800-108-F
|
00000006
|
|
NIST800-108-DPI
|
00000007
|
|
Asymmetric Key
|
00000008
|
|
AWS Signature Version 4
|
00000009
|
|
HKDF
|
0000000A
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 446: Derivation Method Enumeration
|
Destroy Action
Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Unspecified
|
00000001
|
|
Key Material Deleted
|
00000002
|
|
Key Material Shredded
|
00000003
|
|
Meta Data Deleted
|
00000004
|
|
Meta Data Shredded
|
00000005
|
|
Deleted
|
00000006
|
|
Shredded
|
00000007
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
|
Digital
Signature Algorithm
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
MD2 with RSA Encryption
|
00000001
|
|
MD5 with RSA Encryption
|
00000002
|
|
SHA-1 with RSA Encryption
|
00000003
|
|
SHA-224 with RSA Encryption
|
00000004
|
|
SHA-256 with RSA Encryption
|
00000005
|
|
SHA-384 with RSA Encryption
|
00000006
|
|
SHA-512 with RSA Encryption
|
00000007
|
|
RSASSA-PSS
|
00000008
|
|
DSA with SHA-1
|
00000009
|
|
DSA with SHA224
|
0000000A
|
|
DSA with SHA256
|
0000000B
|
|
ECDSA with SHA-1
|
0000000C
|
|
ECDSA with SHA224
|
0000000D
|
|
ECDSA with SHA256
|
0000000E
|
|
ECDSA with SHA384
|
0000000F
|
|
ECDSA with SHA512
|
00000010
|
|
SHA3-256 with RSA Encryption
|
00000011
|
|
SHA3-384 with RSA Encryption
|
00000012
|
|
SHA3-512 with RSA Encryption
|
00000013
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 447: Digital Signature Algorithm Enumeration
|
DRBG Algorithm
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Unspecified
|
00000001
|
|
Dual-EC
|
00000002
|
|
Hash
|
00000003
|
|
HMAC
|
00000004
|
|
CTR
|
00000005
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 448: DRGB Algorithm Enumeration
The following encoding options
are currently defined:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
No Encoding
|
the wrapped un-encoded value of the Byte String Key
Material field in the Key Value structure
|
|
TTLV Encoding
|
the wrapped TTLV-encoded Key Value structure
|
Table 449: Encoding Option Description
|
Encoding
Option
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
No Encoding
|
00000001
|
|
TTLV Encoding
|
00000002
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 450: Encoding Option Enumeration
The following endpoint roles are
currently defined:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Client
|
The endpoint that sends requests and receives
responses.
|
|
Server
|
The endpoint that receives requests and sends
responses.
|
Table 451: Endpoint Role Description
|
Encoding
Option
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Client
|
00000001
|
|
Server
|
00000002
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 452: Endpoint Role Enumeration
|
FIPS186
Variation
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Unspecified
|
00000001
|
|
GP x-Original
|
00000002
|
|
GP x-Change Notice
|
00000003
|
|
x-Original
|
00000004
|
|
x-Change Notice
|
00000005
|
|
k-Original
|
00000006
|
|
k-Change Notice
|
00000007
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 453:
FIPS186 Variation Enumeration
Note: the user should be
aware that a number of these algorithms are no longer recommended for general
use and/or are deprecated. They are included for completeness.
|
Hashing
Algorithm
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
MD2
|
00000001
|
|
MD4
|
00000002
|
|
MD5
|
00000003
|
|
SHA-1
|
00000004
|
|
SHA-224
|
00000005
|
|
SHA-256
|
00000006
|
|
SHA-384
|
00000007
|
|
SHA-512
|
00000008
|
|
RIPEMD-160
|
00000009
|
|
Tiger
|
0000000A
|
|
Whirlpool
|
0000000B
|
|
SHA-512/224
|
0000000C
|
|
SHA-512/256
|
0000000D
|
|
SHA3-224
|
0000000E
|
|
SHA3-256
|
0000000F
|
|
SHA3-384
|
00000010
|
|
SHA3-512
|
00000011
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 454: Hashing Algorithm Enumeration
Interop Function enumerations are:
|
Function
|
Description
|
|
Begin
|
A specified test is about to begin
|
|
End
|
A specified test has ended
|
|
Reset
|
Resets the server to the state it would be in at the
beginning of an interop session
|
Table
455: Interop Function Descriptions
|
Interop
Function
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Begin
|
00000001
|
|
End
|
00000002
|
|
Reset
|
00000003
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 456:
Interop Function Enumeration
Item Type enumerations are:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Structure
|
The ordered concatenation of items.
|
|
Integer
|
Four-byte long (32 bit) signed numbers
|
|
Long Integer
|
Eight-byte long (64 bit) signed numbers.
|
|
Big Integer
|
A sequence of eight-bit bytes
|
|
Enumeration
|
Four-byte long (32 bit) unsigned numbers
|
|
Boolean
|
The value True or False.
|
|
Text String
|
Sequences of character values.
|
|
Byte String
|
Sequences of bytes containing individual unspecified
eight-bit binary values
|
|
Date Time
|
Eight-byte long (64 bit) POSIX Time values in
seconds. .
|
|
Interval
|
Four-byte long (32 bit) unsigned numbers in seconds
|
|
Date Time Extended
|
Eight-byte long (64 bit) POSIX Time values in
micro-seconds.
|
Table 457: Item
Type Descriptions
|
Item Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Structure
|
00000001
|
|
Integer
|
00000002
|
|
Long Integer
|
00000003
|
|
Big Integer
|
00000004
|
|
Enumeration
|
00000005
|
|
Boolean
|
00000006
|
|
Text String
|
00000007
|
|
Byte String
|
00000008
|
|
Date Time
|
00000009
|
|
Interval
|
0000000A
|
|
Date Time Extended
|
0000000B
|
Table 458: Item Type Enumeration
|
Key
Compression Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
EC Public Key Type Uncompressed
|
00000001
|
|
EC Public Key Type X9.62 Compressed Prime
|
00000002
|
|
EC Public Key Type X9.62 Compressed Char2
|
00000003
|
|
EC Public Key Type X9.62 Hybrid
|
00000004
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 459:
Key Compression Type Enumeration values
A Key Block contains a Key Value of one of the
following Key Format Types:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Raw
|
A key that contains only cryptographic key material,
encoded as a string of bytes.
|
|
Opaque
|
an encoded key for which the encoding is unknown to
the key management system. It is encoded as a string of bytes.
|
|
PKCS1
|
an encoded private key, expressed as a DER-encoded
ASN.1 PKCS#1 object.
|
|
PKCS8
|
An encoded private key, expressed as a DER-encoded
ASN.1 PKCS#8 object, supporting both the RSAPrivateKey syntax and
EncryptedPrivateKey
|
|
X.509
|
An encoded object, expressed as a DER-encoded ASN.1
X.509 object.
|
|
ECPrivateKey
|
An ASN.1 encoded elliptic curve private key.
|
|
Several Transparent Key types
|
algorithm-specific structures containing defined
values for the various key types.
|
|
Extensions
|
Vendor-specific extensions to allow for proprietary
or legacy key formats.
|
Table 460: Key Format Types Description
|
Key Format
Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Raw
|
00000001
|
|
Opaque
|
00000002
|
|
PKCS#1
|
00000003
|
|
PKCS#8
|
00000004
|
|
X.509
|
00000005
|
|
ECPrivateKey
|
00000006
|
|
Transparent Symmetric Key
|
00000007
|
|
Transparent DSA Private Key
|
00000008
|
|
Transparent DSA Public Key
|
00000009
|
|
Transparent RSA Private Key
|
0000000A
|
|
Transparent RSA Public Key
|
0000000B
|
|
Transparent DH Private Key
|
0000000C
|
|
Transparent DH Public Key
|
0000000D
|
|
(Reserved)
|
0000000E
|
|
(Reserved)
|
0000000F
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000010
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000011
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000012
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000013
|
|
Transparent EC Private Key
|
00000014
|
|
Transparent EC Public Key
|
00000015
|
|
PKCS#12
|
00000016
|
|
PKCS#10
|
00000017
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 461: Key Format Type Enumeration
|
Key Role Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
BDK
|
00000001
|
|
CVK
|
00000002
|
|
DEK
|
00000003
|
|
MKAC
|
00000004
|
|
MKSMC
|
00000005
|
|
MKSMI
|
00000006
|
|
MKDAC
|
00000007
|
|
MKDN
|
00000008
|
|
MKCP
|
00000009
|
|
MKOTH
|
0000000A
|
|
KEK
|
0000000B
|
|
MAC16609
|
0000000C
|
|
MAC97971
|
0000000D
|
|
MAC97972
|
0000000E
|
|
MAC97973
|
0000000F
|
|
MAC97974
|
00000010
|
|
MAC97975
|
00000011
|
|
ZPK
|
00000012
|
|
PVKIBM
|
00000013
|
|
PVKPVV
|
00000014
|
|
PVKOTH
|
00000015
|
|
DUKPT
|
00000016
|
|
IV
|
00000017
|
|
TRKBK
|
00000018
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 462: Key Role Type Enumeration
Note that while the set and definitions of key role types
are chosen to match [X9 TR-31] there is no necessity
to match binary representations.
|
Key Value Location Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Uninterpreted Text String
|
00000001
|
|
URI
|
00000002
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 463: Key Value Location Type Enumeration
Possible values of Link Type in accordance with the
Object Type of the Managed Cryptographic Object are:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Private Key Link
|
For a Public Key object: the private key corresponding
to the public key.
|
|
Public Key Link
|
For a Private Key object: the public key
corresponding to the private key. For a Certificate object: the public key
contained in the certificate.
|
|
Certificate Link
|
For Certificate objects: the parent certificate for
a certificate in a certificate chain. For Public Key objects: the
corresponding certificate(s), containing the same public key.
|
|
Derivation Base Object Link
|
For a derived Symmetric Key or Secret Data object: the
object(s) from which the current symmetric key was derived.
|
|
Derived Key Link
|
The symmetric key(s) or Secret Data object(s) that
were derived from the current object.
|
|
Replacement Object Link
|
For a Symmetric Key, an Asymmetric Private Key, or
an Asymmetric Public Key object: the key that resulted from the re-key of the
current key. For a Certificate object: the certificate that resulted from the
re-certify. Note that there SHALL be only one such replacement object per
Managed Object.
|
|
Replaced Object Link
|
For a Symmetric Key, an Asymmetric Private Key, or
an Asymmetric Public Key object: the key that was re-keyed to obtain the
current key. For a Certificate object: the certificate that was re-certified
to obtain the current certificate.
|
|
Parent Link
|
For all object types: the container or other parent
object corresponding to the object.
|
|
Child Link
|
For all object types: the subordinate, derived or
other child object corresponding to the object.
|
|
Previous Link
|
For all object types: the previous object to this
object.
|
|
Next Link
|
For all object types: the next object to this
object.
|
|
PKCS#12 Certificate Link
|
|
|
PKCS#12 Password Link
|
|
|
Wrapping Key Link
|
For wrapped objects: the object that was used to
wrap this object.
|
Table 464: Link Type Enumeration Descriptions
|
Link Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Certificate Link
|
00000101
|
|
Public Key Link
|
00000102
|
|
Private Key Link
|
00000103
|
|
Derivation Base Object Link
|
00000104
|
|
Derived Key Link
|
00000105
|
|
Replacement Object Link
|
00000106
|
|
Replaced Object Link
|
00000107
|
|
Parent Link
|
00000108
|
|
Child Link
|
00000109
|
|
Previous Link
|
0000010A
|
|
Next Link
|
0000010B
|
|
PKCS#12 Certificate Link
|
0000010C
|
|
PKCS#12 Password Link
|
0000010D
|
|
Wrapping Key Link
|
0000010E
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 465: Link Type Enumeration
|
Key Wrap Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Not Wrapped
|
00000001
|
|
As Registered
|
00000002
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
|
Mask Generator
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
MFG1
|
00000001
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
|
Name Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Uninterpreted Text String
|
00000001
|
|
URI
|
00000002
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 466: Name Type Enumeration
|
NIST Key Type Enumeration
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Private signature key
|
00000001
|
|
Public signature verification key
|
00000002
|
|
Symmetric authentication key
|
00000003
|
|
Private authentication key
|
00000004
|
|
Public authentication key
|
00000005
|
|
Symmetric data encryption key
|
00000006
|
|
Symmetric key wrapping key
|
00000007
|
|
Symmetric random number generation key
|
00000008
|
|
Symmetric master key
|
00000009
|
|
Private key transport key
|
0000000A
|
|
Public key transport key
|
0000000B
|
|
Symmetric key agreement key
|
0000000C
|
|
Private static key agreement key
|
0000000D
|
|
Public static key agreement key
|
0000000E
|
|
Private ephemeral key agreement key
|
0000000F
|
|
Public ephemeral key agreement key
|
00000010
|
|
Symmetric authorization key
|
00000011
|
|
Private authorization key
|
00000012
|
|
Public authorization key
|
00000013
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
|
Object Group
Member Option
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Group Member Fresh
|
00000001
|
|
Group Member Default
|
00000002
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 467: Object Group Member Enumeration
|
Object Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Certificate
|
00000001
|
|
Symmetric Key
|
00000002
|
|
Public Key
|
00000003
|
|
Private Key
|
00000004
|
|
Split Key
|
00000005
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000006
|
|
Secret Data
|
00000007
|
|
Opaque Object
|
00000008
|
|
PGP Key
|
00000009
|
|
Certificate Request
|
0000000A
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 468: Object Type Enumeration
|
Opaque Data
Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 469: Opaque Data Type Enumeration
|
Operation
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Create
|
00000001
|
|
Create Key Pair
|
00000002
|
|
Register
|
00000003
|
|
Re-key
|
00000004
|
|
Derive Key
|
00000005
|
|
Certify
|
00000006
|
|
Re-certify
|
00000007
|
|
Locate
|
00000008
|
|
Check
|
00000009
|
|
Get
|
0000000A
|
|
Get Attributes
|
0000000B
|
|
Get Attribute List
|
0000000C
|
|
Add Attribute
|
0000000D
|
|
Modify Attribute
|
0000000E
|
|
Delete Attribute
|
0000000F
|
|
Obtain Lease
|
00000010
|
|
Get Usage Allocation
|
00000011
|
|
Activate
|
00000012
|
|
Revoke
|
00000013
|
|
Destroy
|
00000014
|
|
Archive
|
00000015
|
|
Recover
|
00000016
|
|
Validate
|
00000017
|
|
Query
|
00000018
|
|
Cancel
|
00000019
|
|
Poll
|
0000001A
|
|
Notify
|
0000001B
|
|
Put
|
0000001C
|
|
Re-key Key Pair
|
0000001D
|
|
Discover Versions
|
0000001E
|
|
Encrypt
|
0000001F
|
|
Decrypt
|
00000020
|
|
Sign
|
00000021
|
|
Signature Verify
|
00000022
|
|
MAC
|
00000023
|
|
MAC Verify
|
00000024
|
|
RNG Retrieve
|
00000025
|
|
RNG Seed
|
00000026
|
|
Hash
|
00000027
|
|
Create Split Key
|
00000028
|
|
Join Split Key
|
00000029
|
|
Import
|
0000002A
|
|
Export
|
0000002B
|
|
Log
|
0000002C
|
|
Login
|
0000002D
|
|
Logout
|
0000002E
|
|
Delegated Login
|
0000002F
|
|
Adjust Attribute
|
00000030
|
|
Set Attribute
|
00000031
|
|
Set Endpoint Role
|
00000032
|
|
PKCS#11
|
00000033
|
|
Interop
|
00000034
|
|
Re-Provision
|
00000035
|
|
Set Defaults
|
00000036
|
|
Set Constraints
|
00000037
|
|
Get Constraints
|
00000038
|
|
Query Asynchronous Requests
|
00000039
|
|
Process
|
0000003A
|
|
Ping
|
0000003B
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 470: Operation Enumeration
|
Padding Method
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
None
|
00000001
|
|
OAEP
|
00000002
|
|
PKCS5
|
00000003
|
|
SSL3
|
00000004
|
|
Zeros
|
00000005
|
|
ANSI X9.23
|
00000006
|
|
ISO 10126
|
00000007
|
|
PKCS1 v1.5
|
00000008
|
|
X9.31
|
00000009
|
|
PSS
|
0000000A
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 471: Padding Method Enumeration
The PKCS#11 Function enumerations are the 1-based offset
count of the function in the CK_FUNCTION_LIST_3_0 structure as specified in
[PKCS#11]
The PKCS#11 Return Codes enumerations representing PKCS#11
return codes as specified in the CK_RV values in [PKCS#11]
|
Processing
Stage
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Submitted
|
00000001
|
|
In Process
|
00000002
|
|
Completed
|
00000003
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 472: Processing Stage
Enumeration
|
Profile Name
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000001-00000103
|
|
Complete Server Basic
|
00000104
|
|
Complete Server TLS v1.2
|
00000105
|
|
Tape Library Client
|
00000106
|
|
Tape Library Server
|
00000107
|
|
Symmetric Key Lifecycle Client
|
00000108
|
|
Symmetric Key Lifecycle Server
|
00000109
|
|
Asymmetric Key Lifecycle Client
|
0000010A
|
|
Asymmetric Key Lifecycle Server
|
0000010B
|
|
Basic Cryptographic Client
|
0000010C
|
|
Basic Cryptographic Server
|
0000010D
|
|
Advanced Cryptographic Client
|
0000010E
|
|
Advanced Cryptographic Server
|
0000010F
|
|
RNG Cryptographic Client
|
00000110
|
|
RNG Cryptographic Server
|
00000111
|
|
Basic Symmetric Key Foundry Client
|
00000112
|
|
Intermediate Symmetric Key Foundry Client
|
00000113
|
|
Advanced Symmetric Key Foundry Client
|
00000114
|
|
Symmetric Key Foundry Server
|
00000115
|
|
Opaque Managed Object Store Client
|
00000116
|
|
Opaque Managed Object Store Server
|
00000117
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000118
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000119
|
|
(Reserved)
|
0000011A
|
|
(Reserved)
|
0000011B
|
|
Storage Array with Self Encrypting Drive Client
|
0000011C
|
|
Storage Array with Self Encrypting Drive Server
|
0000011D
|
|
HTTPS Client
|
0000011E
|
|
HTTPS Server
|
0000011F
|
|
JSON Client
|
00000120
|
|
JSON Server
|
00000121
|
|
XML Client
|
00000122
|
|
XML Server
|
00000123
|
|
AES XTS Client
|
00000124
|
|
AES XTS Server
|
00000125
|
|
Quantum Safe Client
|
00000126
|
|
Quantum Safe Server
|
00000127
|
|
PKCS#11 Client
|
00000128
|
|
PKCS#11 Server
|
00000129
|
|
Baseline Client
|
0000012A
|
|
Baseline Server
|
0000012B
|
|
Complete Server
|
0000012C
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 473: Profile Name Enumeration
|
Protection
Level
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
High
|
00000001
|
|
Low
|
00000002
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 474: Protection Level Enumeration
|
Put Function
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
New
|
00000001
|
|
Replace
|
00000002
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 475: Put Function Enumeration
|
Query Function
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Query Operations
|
00000001
|
|
Query Objects
|
00000002
|
|
Query Server Information
|
00000003
|
|
Query Application Namespaces
|
00000004
|
|
Query Extension List
|
00000005
|
|
Query Extension Map
|
00000006
|
|
Query Attestation Types
|
00000007
|
|
Query RNGs
|
00000008
|
|
Query Validations
|
00000009
|
|
Query Profiles
|
0000000A
|
|
Query Capabilities
|
0000000B
|
|
Query Client Registration Methods
|
0000000C
|
|
Query Defaults Information
|
0000000D
|
|
Query Storage Protection Masks
|
0000000E
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 476: Query Function Enumeration
|
Recommended
Curve Enumeration
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
P-192
|
00000001
|
|
K-163
|
00000002
|
|
B-163
|
00000003
|
|
P-224
|
00000004
|
|
K-233
|
00000005
|
|
B-233
|
00000006
|
|
P-256
|
00000007
|
|
K-283
|
00000008
|
|
B-283
|
00000009
|
|
P-384
|
0000000A
|
|
K-409
|
0000000B
|
|
B-409
|
0000000C
|
|
P-521
|
0000000D
|
|
K-571
|
0000000E
|
|
B-571
|
0000000F
|
|
SECP112R1
|
00000010
|
|
SECP112R2
|
00000011
|
|
SECP128R1
|
00000012
|
|
SECP128R2
|
00000013
|
|
SECP160K1
|
00000014
|
|
SECP160R1
|
00000015
|
|
SECP160R2
|
00000016
|
|
SECP192K1
|
00000017
|
|
SECP224K1
|
00000018
|
|
SECP256K1
|
00000019
|
|
SECT113R1
|
0000001A
|
|
SECT113R2
|
0000001B
|
|
SECT131R1
|
0000001C
|
|
SECT131R2
|
0000001D
|
|
SECT163R1
|
0000001E
|
|
SECT193R1
|
0000001F
|
|
SECT193R2
|
00000020
|
|
SECT239K1
|
00000021
|
|
ANSIX9P192V2
|
00000022
|
|
ANSIX9P192V3
|
00000023
|
|
ANSIX9P239V1
|
00000024
|
|
ANSIX9P239V2
|
00000025
|
|
ANSIX9P239V3
|
00000026
|
|
ANSIX9C2PNB163V1
|
00000027
|
|
ANSIX9C2PNB163V2
|
00000028
|
|
ANSIX9C2PNB163V3
|
00000029
|
|
ANSIX9C2PNB176V1
|
0000002A
|
|
ANSIX9C2TNB191V1
|
0000002B
|
|
ANSIX9C2TNB191V2
|
0000002C
|
|
ANSIX9C2TNB191V3
|
0000002D
|
|
ANSIX9C2PNB208W1
|
0000002E
|
|
ANSIX9C2TNB239V1
|
0000002F
|
|
ANSIX9C2TNB239V2
|
00000030
|
|
ANSIX9C2TNB239V3
|
00000031
|
|
ANSIX9C2PNB272W1
|
00000032
|
|
ANSIX9C2PNB304W1
|
00000033
|
|
ANSIX9C2TNB359V1
|
00000034
|
|
ANSIX9C2PNB368W1
|
00000035
|
|
ANSIX9C2TNB431R1
|
00000036
|
|
BRAINPOOLP160R1
|
00000037
|
|
BRAINPOOLP160T1
|
00000038
|
|
BRAINPOOLP192R1
|
00000039
|
|
BRAINPOOLP192T1
|
0000003A
|
|
BRAINPOOLP224R1
|
0000003B
|
|
BRAINPOOLP224T1
|
0000003C
|
|
BRAINPOOLP256R1
|
0000003D
|
|
BRAINPOOLP256T1
|
0000003E
|
|
BRAINPOOLP320R1
|
0000003F
|
|
BRAINPOOLP320T1
|
00000040
|
|
BRAINPOOLP384R1
|
00000041
|
|
BRAINPOOLP384T1
|
00000042
|
|
BRAINPOOLP512R1
|
00000043
|
|
BRAINPOOLP512T1
|
00000044
|
|
CURVE25519
|
00000045
|
|
CURVE448
|
00000046
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 477: Recommended Curve Enumeration for ECDSA,
ECDH, and ECMQV
Following are the Result Reason enumerations.
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Application Namespace Not Supported
|
The particular Application Namespace is not
supported, and the server was not able to generate the Application Data field
of an Application Specific Information attribute if the field was omitted
from the client request
|
|
Attestation Failed
|
Operation requires attestation data and the
attestation data provided by the client does not validate
|
|
Attestation Required
|
Operation requires attestation data which was not
provided by the client, and the client has set the Attestation Capable
indicator to True
|
|
Attribute Instance Not Found
|
A referenced attribute was found, but the specific
instance was not found
|
|
Attribute Not Found
|
A referenced attribute was not found at all on an
object
|
|
Attribute Read Only
|
Attempt to set a Read Only Attribute
|
|
Attribute Single Instance
|
Attempt to provide multiple values for a single instance
attribute
|
|
Authentication not successful
|
The authentication information in the request could
not be validated, or was not found
|
|
Bad Cryptographic Parameters
|
Bad Cryptographic Parameters
|
|
Bad Password
|
Key Format Type is PKCS#12, but missing or multiple
PKCS#12 Password Links, or not Secret Data, or not Active
|
|
Codec Error
|
The low level TTLV, XML, JSON etc. was badly formed
and not understood by the server.TTLV connections should be closed as future
requests might not be correctly separated
|
|
Constraint Violation
|
The request failed because one or more
constraints were violated
|
|
Cryptographic Failure
|
The operation failed due to a cryptographic error
|
|
Duplicate Process Request
|
The asynchronous request specified was already
processed
|
|
Encoding Option Error
|
The Encoding Option is not supported as specified by
the Encoding Option Enumeration
|
|
Feature Not Supported
|
The operation is supported, but not a specific
feature specified in the request is not supported
|
|
General failure
|
The request failed for a reason other than the
defined reasons above
|
|
Illegal Object Type
|
Check cannot be performed on this object type
|
|
Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask
|
The cryptographic algorithm or other parameters is
not valid for the requested operation
|
|
Internal Server Error
|
The server had an internal error and could not
process the request at this time.
|
|
Invalid Asynchronous Correlation Value
|
No outstanding operation with the specified
Asynchronous Correlation Value exists
|
|
Invalid Attribute
|
An attribute is invalid for this object for this
operation
|
|
Invalid Attribute Value
|
The value supplied for an attribute is invalid
|
|
Invalid Correlation Value
|
For streaming cryptographic operations
|
|
Invalid CSR
|
Invalid Certifcate Signing Request
|
|
Invalid Data Type
|
A data type was invalid for the requested operation
|
|
Invalid Field
|
The request is syntactically valid but some data in
the request (other than an attribute value) has an invalid value
|
|
Invalid Message
|
The request message was not syntactically understood
by the server. For example - the invalid use of a known tag
|
|
Invalid Object Type
|
Specified object is not valid for the requested
operation
|
|
Invalid Password
|
|
|
Invalid Ticket
|
The ticket was invalid
|
|
Item Not Found
|
No object with the specified Unique Identifier
exists
|
|
Key Compression Type Not Supported
|
The object exists, but the server is unable to
provide it in the desired Key Compression Type
|
|
Key Format Type Not Supported
|
The object exists, but the server is unable to
provide it in the desired Key Format Type
|
|
Key Value Not Present
|
A meta data only object. The key value is not present
on the server
|
|
Key Wrap Type Not Supported
|
Key Wrap Type Type is not supported by the server
|
|
Missing data
|
The operation REQUIRED additional information in the
request, which was not present
|
|
Missing Initialization Vector
|
Missing IV when required for crypto operation
|
|
Multi Valued Attribute
|
Attempt to Set or Adjust an attribute that has
multiple values
|
|
Non Unique Name Attribute
|
Trying to perform an operation that requests the
server to break the constraint on Name attribute being unique
|
|
Not Extractable
|
Object is not Extractable
|
|
Numeric Range
|
An operation produced a number that is to large or
too small to be stored in the specified data type
|
|
Object Already Exists
|
for operations such as Import that require that no
object with a specific unique identifier exists on a server
|
|
Object Archived
|
The object SHALL be recovered from the archive
before performing the operation
|
|
Object Destroyed
|
Object exists, but has already been destroyed
|
|
Object Not Found
|
A requested managed object was not found or did not
exist
|
|
Object Type
|
Invalid object type for the operation
|
|
Operation canceled by requester
|
The operation was asynchronous, and the operation
was canceled by the Cancel operation before it completed successfully
|
|
Operation Not Supported
|
The operation requested by the request message is
not supported by the server
|
|
Permission Denied
|
Client is not allowed to perform the specified
operation
|
|
PKCS#11 Codec Error
|
There is a Codec error in the Input parameter
|
|
PKCS#11 Invalid Function
|
The PKCS function is not in the interface
|
|
PKCS#11 Invalid Interface
|
The interface is unknown or unavailable in the
server
|
|
Protection Storage Unavailable, Private Protection Storage
Unavailable, Public Protection Storage Unavailable
|
The operation could not be completed with the
protections requested (or defaulted).
|
|
Read Only Attribute
|
Attempt to set a Read Only Attribute
|
|
Response Too Large
|
Maximum Response Size has been exceeded
|
|
Sensitive
|
Sensitive keys may not be retrieved unwrapped
|
|
Server Limit Exceeded
|
Some limit on the server such as database size has
been exceeded
|
|
Unknown Enumeration
|
An enumerated value is not known by the server
|
|
Unknown Message Extension
|
The server does not support the supplied Message
Extension
|
|
Unknown Object Group
|
<insert>
|
|
Unknown Tag
|
A tag is not known by the server
|
|
Unsupported Attribute
|
Attribute is valid in the specification but
unsupported by the Server
|
|
Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters
|
Cryptographic Parameters are valid in the
specification but unsupported by the Server
|
|
Unsupported Protocol Version
|
The operation cannot be performed with the provided
protocol version
|
|
Usage Limit Exceeded
|
The usage limits or request count has been exceeded
|
|
Wrapping Object Archived
|
Wrapping Object is archived
|
|
Wrapping Object Destroyed
|
The object exists, but is destroyed
|
|
Wrapping Object Not Found
|
Wrapping object does not exist
|
|
Wrong Key Lifecycle State
|
The key lifecycle state is invalid for the
operation, for example not Active for an Encrypt operation
|
|
General failure
|
The request failed for a reason other than any other
reason enumeration value.
|
Table 478: Result Reason Encoding Descriptions
|
Result Reason
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Item Not Found
|
00000001
|
|
Response Too Large
|
00000002
|
|
Authentication Not Successful
|
00000003
|
|
Invalid Message
|
00000004
|
|
Operation Not Supported
|
00000005
|
|
Missing Data
|
00000006
|
|
Invalid Field
|
00000007
|
|
Feature Not Supported
|
00000008
|
|
Operation Canceled By Requester
|
00000009
|
|
Cryptographic Failure
|
0000000A
|
|
(Reserved)
|
0000000B
|
|
Permission Denied
|
0000000C
|
|
Object Archived
|
0000000D
|
|
(Reserved)
|
0000000E
|
|
Application Namespace Not Supported
|
0000000F
|
|
Key Format Type Not Supported
|
00000010
|
|
Key Compression Type Not Supported
|
00000011
|
|
Encoding Option Error
|
00000012
|
|
Key Value Not Present
|
00000013
|
|
Attestation Required
|
00000014
|
|
Attestation Failed
|
00000015
|
|
Sensitive
|
00000016
|
|
Not Extractable
|
00000017
|
|
Object Already Exists
|
00000018
|
|
Invalid Ticket
|
00000019
|
|
Usage Limit Exceeded
|
0000001A
|
|
Numeric Range
|
0000001B
|
|
Invalid Data Type
|
0000001C
|
|
Read Only Attribute
|
0000001D
|
|
Multi Valued Attribute
|
0000001E
|
|
Unsupported Attribute
|
0000001F
|
|
Attribute Instance Not Found
|
00000020
|
|
Attribute Not Found
|
00000021
|
|
Attribute Read Only
|
00000022
|
|
Attribute Single Valued
|
00000023
|
|
Bad Cryptographic Parameters
|
00000024
|
|
Bad Password
|
00000025
|
|
Codec Error
|
00000026
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000027
|
|
Illegal Object Type
|
00000028
|
|
Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask
|
00000029
|
|
Internal Server Error
|
0000002A
|
|
Invalid Asynchronous Correlation Value
|
0000002B
|
|
Invalid Attribute
|
0000002C
|
|
Invalid Attribute Value
|
0000002D
|
|
Invalid Correlation Value
|
0000002E
|
|
Invalid CSR
|
0000002F
|
|
Invalid Object Type
|
00000030
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000031
|
|
Key Wrap Type Not Supported
|
00000032
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000033
|
|
Missing Initialization Vector
|
00000034
|
|
Non Unique Name Attribute
|
00000035
|
|
Object Destroyed
|
00000036
|
|
Object Not Found
|
00000037
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000038
|
|
Not Authorised
|
00000039
|
|
Server Limit Exceeded
|
0000003A
|
|
Unknown Enumeration
|
0000003B
|
|
Unknown Message Extension
|
0000003C
|
|
Unknown Tag
|
0000003D
|
|
Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters
|
0000003E
|
|
Unsupported Protocol Version
|
0000003F
|
|
Wrapping Object Archived
|
00000040
|
|
Wrapping Object Destroyed
|
00000041
|
|
Wrapping Object Not Found
|
00000042
|
|
Wrong Key Lifecycle State
|
00000043
|
|
Protection Storage Unavailable
|
00000044
|
|
PKCS#11 Codec Error
|
00000045
|
|
PKCS#11 Invalid Function
|
00000046
|
|
PKCS#11 Invalid Interface
|
00000047
|
|
Private Protection Storage Unavailable
|
00000048
|
|
Public Protection Storage Unavailable
|
00000049
|
|
Unknown Object Group
|
0000004A
|
|
Constraint Violation
|
0000004B
|
|
Duplicate Process Request
|
0000004C
|
|
General Failure
|
00000100
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 479: Result Reason Enumeration
|
Result Status
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Success
|
00000000
|
|
Operation Failed
|
00000001
|
|
Operation Pending
|
00000002
|
|
Operation Undone
|
00000003
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 480: Result Status Enumeration
|
Revocation Reason Code
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Unspecified
|
00000001
|
|
Key Compromise
|
00000002
|
|
CA Compromise
|
00000003
|
|
Affiliation Changed
|
00000004
|
|
Superseded
|
00000005
|
|
Cessation of Operation
|
00000006
|
|
Privilege Withdrawn
|
00000007
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 481: Revocation Reason Code Enumeration
|
RNG Algorithm
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Unspecified
|
00000001
|
|
FIPS 186-2
|
00000002
|
|
DRBG
|
00000003
|
|
NRBG
|
00000004
|
|
ANSI X9.31
|
00000005
|
|
ANSI X9.62
|
00000006
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Note: the user should be
aware that a number of these algorithms are no longer recommended for general
use and/or are deprecated. They are included for completeness.
|
RNG Mode
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Unspecified
|
00000001
|
|
Shared Instantiation
|
00000002
|
|
Non-Shared Instantiation
|
00000003
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
|
Name Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Uninterpreted Text String
|
00000001
|
|
URI
|
00000002
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 482: Rotate Name Type
Enumeration
|
Secret Data
Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Password
|
00000001
|
|
Seed
|
00000002
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 483: Secret Data Type Enumeration
|
Shredding
Algorithm
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Unspecified
|
00000001
|
|
Cryptographic
|
00000002
|
|
Unsupported
|
00000003
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table
484: Shredding Algorithm Enumeration
|
Split Key
Method
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
XOR
|
00000001
|
|
Polynomial Sharing GF (216)
|
00000002
|
|
Polynomial Sharing Prime Field
|
00000003
|
|
Polynomial Sharing GF (28)
|
00000004
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 485: Split Key Method Enumeration
|
State
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Pre-Active
|
00000001
|
|
Active
|
00000002
|
|
Deactivated
|
00000003
|
|
Compromised
|
00000004
|
|
Destroyed
|
00000005
|
|
Destroyed Compromised
|
00000006
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 486: State Enumeration
All tags SHALL contain either the value 42 in hex or the
value 54 in hex as the first byte of a three (3) byte enumeration value. Tags
defined by this specification contain hex 42 in the first byte. Extensions
contain the value 54 hex in the first byte.
|
Tag
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
(Unused)
|
000000 - 420000
|
|
Activation Date
|
420001
|
|
Application Data
|
420002
|
|
Application Namespace
|
420003
|
|
Application Specific Information
|
420004
|
|
Archive Date
|
420005
|
|
Asynchronous Correlation Value
|
420006
|
|
Asynchronous Indicator
|
420007
|
|
Attribute
|
420008
|
|
(Reserved)
|
420009
|
|
Attribute Name
|
42000A
|
|
Attribute Value
|
42000B
|
|
Authentication
|
42000C
|
|
Batch Count
|
42000D
|
|
Batch Error Continuation Option
|
42000E
|
|
Batch Item
|
42000F
|
|
Batch Order Option
|
420010
|
|
Block Cipher Mode
|
420011
|
|
Cancellation Result
|
420012
|
|
Certificate
|
420013
|
|
(Reserved)
|
420014
|
|
(Reserved)
|
420015
|
|
(Reserved)
|
420016
|
|
(Reserved)
|
420017
|
|
Certificate Request
|
420018
|
|
Certificate Request Type
|
420019
|
|
(Reserved)
|
42001A
|
|
(Reserved)
|
42001B
|
|
(Reserved)
|
42001C
|
|
Certificate Type
|
42001D
|
|
Certificate Value
|
42001E
|
|
(Reserved)
|
42001F
|
|
Compromise Date
|
420020
|
|
Compromise Occurrence Date
|
420021
|
|
Contact Information
|
420022
|
|
Credential
|
420023
|
|
Credential Type
|
420024
|
|
Credential Value
|
420025
|
|
Criticality Indicator
|
420026
|
|
CRT Coefficient
|
420027
|
|
Cryptographic Algorithm
|
420028
|
|
Cryptographic Domain Parameters
|
420029
|
|
Cryptographic Length
|
42002A
|
|
Cryptographic Parameters
|
42002B
|
|
Cryptographic Usage Mask
|
42002C
|
|
(Reserved)
|
42002D
|
|
D
|
42002E
|
|
Deactivation Date
|
42002F
|
|
Derivation Data
|
420030
|
|
Derivation Method
|
420031
|
|
Derivation Parameters
|
420032
|
|
Destroy Date
|
420033
|
|
Digest
|
420034
|
|
Digest Value
|
420035
|
|
Encryption Key Information
|
420036
|
|
G
|
420037
|
|
Hashing Algorithm
|
420038
|
|
Initial Date
|
420039
|
|
Initialization Vector
|
42003A
|
|
(Reserved)
|
42003B
|
|
Iteration Count
|
42003C
|
|
IV/Counter/Nonce
|
42003D
|
|
J
|
42003E
|
|
Key
|
42003F
|
|
Key Block
|
420040
|
|
Key Compression Type
|
420041
|
|
Key Format Type
|
420042
|
|
Key Material
|
420043
|
|
Key Part Identifier
|
420044
|
|
Key Value
|
420045
|
|
Key Wrapping Data
|
420046
|
|
Key Wrapping Specification
|
420047
|
|
Last Change Date
|
420048
|
|
Lease Time
|
420049
|
|
Link
|
42004A
|
|
Link Type
|
42004B
|
|
Linked Object Identifier
|
42004C
|
|
MAC/Signature
|
42004D
|
|
MAC/Signature Key Information
|
42004E
|
|
Maximum Items
|
42004F
|
|
Maximum Response Size
|
420050
|
|
Message Extension
|
420051
|
|
Modulus
|
420052
|
|
Name
|
420053
|
|
Name Type
|
420054
|
|
Name Value
|
420055
|
|
Object Group
|
420056
|
|
Object Type
|
420057
|
|
Offset
|
420058
|
|
Opaque Data Type
|
420059
|
|
Opaque Data Value
|
42005A
|
|
Opaque Object
|
42005B
|
|
Operation
|
42005C
|
|
(Reserved)
|
42005D
|
|
P
|
42005E
|
|
Padding Method
|
42005F
|
|
Prime Exponent P
|
420060
|
|
Prime Exponent Q
|
420061
|
|
Prime Field Size
|
420062
|
|
Private Exponent
|
420063
|
|
Private Key
|
420064
|
|
(Reserved)
|
420065
|
|
Private Key Unique Identifier
|
420066
|
|
Process Start Date
|
420067
|
|
Protect Stop Date
|
420068
|
|
Protocol Version
|
420069
|
|
Protocol Version Major
|
42006A
|
|
Protocol Version Minor
|
42006B
|
|
Public Exponent
|
42006C
|
|
Public Key
|
42006D
|
|
(Reserved)
|
42006E
|
|
Public Key Unique Identifier
|
42006F
|
|
Put Function
|
420070
|
|
Q
|
420071
|
|
Q String
|
420072
|
|
Qlength
|
420073
|
|
Query Function
|
420074
|
|
Recommended Curve
|
420075
|
|
Replaced Unique Identifier
|
420076
|
|
Request Header
|
420077
|
|
Request Message
|
420078
|
|
Request Payload
|
420079
|
|
Response Header
|
42007A
|
|
Response Message
|
42007B
|
|
Response Payload
|
42007C
|
|
Result Message
|
42007D
|
|
Result Reason
|
42007E
|
|
Result Status
|
42007F
|
|
Revocation Message
|
420080
|
|
Revocation Reason
|
420081
|
|
Revocation Reason Code
|
420082
|
|
Key Role Type
|
420083
|
|
Salt
|
420084
|
|
Secret Data
|
420085
|
|
Secret Data Type
|
420086
|
|
(Reserved)
|
420087
|
|
Server Information
|
420088
|
|
Split Key
|
420089
|
|
Split Key Method
|
42008A
|
|
Split Key Parts
|
42008B
|
|
Split Key Threshold
|
42008C
|
|
State
|
42008D
|
|
Storage Status Mask
|
42008E
|
|
Symmetric Key
|
42008F
|
|
(Reserved)
|
420090
|
|
(Reserved)
|
420091
|
|
Time Stamp
|
420092
|
|
Unique Batch Item ID
|
420093
|
|
Unique Identifier
|
420094
|
|
Usage Limits
|
420095
|
|
Usage Limits Count
|
420096
|
|
Usage Limits Total
|
420097
|
|
Usage Limits Unit
|
420098
|
|
Username
|
420099
|
|
Validity Date
|
42009A
|
|
Validity Indicator
|
42009B
|
|
Vendor Extension
|
42009C
|
|
Vendor Identification
|
42009D
|
|
Wrapping Method
|
42009E
|
|
X
|
42009F
|
|
Y
|
4200A0
|
|
Password
|
4200A1
|
|
Device Identifier
|
4200A2
|
|
Encoding Option
|
4200A3
|
|
Extension Information
|
4200A4
|
|
Extension Name
|
4200A5
|
|
Extension Tag
|
4200A6
|
|
Extension Type
|
4200A7
|
|
Fresh
|
4200A8
|
|
Machine Identifier
|
4200A9
|
|
Media Identifier
|
4200AA
|
|
Network Identifier
|
4200AB
|
|
Object Group Member
|
4200AC
|
|
Certificate Length
|
4200AD
|
|
Digital Signature Algorithm
|
4200AE
|
|
Certificate Serial Number
|
4200AF
|
|
Device Serial Number
|
4200B0
|
|
Issuer Alternative Name
|
4200B1
|
|
Issuer Distinguished Name
|
4200B2
|
|
Subject Alternative Name
|
4200B3
|
|
Subject Distinguished Name
|
4200B4
|
|
X.509 Certificate Identifier
|
4200B5
|
|
X.509 Certificate Issuer
|
4200B6
|
|
X.509 Certificate Subject
|
4200B7
|
|
Key Value Location
|
4200B8
|
|
Key Value Location Value
|
4200B9
|
|
Key Value Location Type
|
4200BA
|
|
Key Value Present
|
4200BB
|
|
Original Creation Date
|
4200BC
|
|
PGP Key
|
4200BD
|
|
PGP Key Version
|
4200BE
|
|
Alternative Name
|
4200BF
|
|
Alternative Name Value
|
4200C0
|
|
Alternative Name Type
|
4200C1
|
|
Data
|
4200C2
|
|
Signature Data
|
4200C3
|
|
Data Length
|
4200C4
|
|
Random IV
|
4200C5
|
|
MAC Data
|
4200C6
|
|
Attestation Type
|
4200C7
|
|
Nonce
|
4200C8
|
|
Nonce ID
|
4200C9
|
|
Nonce Value
|
4200CA
|
|
Attestation Measurement
|
4200CB
|
|
Attestation Assertion
|
4200CC
|
|
IV Length
|
4200CD
|
|
Tag Length
|
4200CE
|
|
Fixed Field Length
|
4200CF
|
|
Counter Length
|
4200D0
|
|
Initial Counter Value
|
4200D1
|
|
Invocation Field Length
|
4200D2
|
|
Attestation Capable Indicator
|
4200D3
|
|
Offset Items
|
4200D4
|
|
Located Items
|
4200D5
|
|
Correlation Value
|
4200D6
|
|
Init Indicator
|
4200D7
|
|
Final Indicator
|
4200D8
|
|
RNG Parameters
|
4200D9
|
|
RNG Algorithm
|
4200DA
|
|
DRBG Algorithm
|
4200DB
|
|
FIPS186 Variation
|
4200DC
|
|
Prediction Resistance
|
4200DD
|
|
Random Number Generator
|
4200DE
|
|
Validation Information
|
4200DF
|
|
Validation Authority Type
|
4200E0
|
|
Validation Authority Country
|
4200E1
|
|
Validation Authority URI
|
4200E2
|
|
Validation Version Major
|
4200E3
|
|
Validation Version Minor
|
4200E4
|
|
Validation Type
|
4200E5
|
|
Validation Level
|
4200E6
|
|
Validation Certificate Identifier
|
4200E7
|
|
Validation Certificate URI
|
4200E8
|
|
Validation Vendor URI
|
4200E9
|
|
Validation Profile
|
4200EA
|
|
Profile Information
|
4200EB
|
|
Profile Name
|
4200EC
|
|
Server URI
|
4200ED
|
|
Server Port
|
4200EE
|
|
Streaming Capability
|
4200EF
|
|
Asynchronous Capability
|
4200F0
|
|
Attestation Capability
|
4200F1
|
|
Unwrap Mode
|
4200F2
|
|
Destroy Action
|
4200F3
|
|
Shredding Algorithm
|
4200F4
|
|
RNG Mode
|
4200F5
|
|
Client Registration Method
|
4200F6
|
|
Capability Information
|
4200F7
|
|
Key Wrap Type
|
4200F8
|
|
Batch Undo Capability
|
4200F9
|
|
Batch Continue Capability
|
4200FA
|
|
PKCS#12 Friendly Name
|
4200FB
|
|
Description
|
4200FC
|
|
Comment
|
4200FD
|
|
Authenticated
Encryption Additional Data
|
4200FE
|
|
Authenticated Encryption Tag
|
4200FF
|
|
Salt Length
|
420100
|
|
Mask Generator
|
420101
|
|
Mask Generator Hashing Algorithm
|
420102
|
|
P Source
|
420103
|
|
Trailer Field
|
420104
|
|
Client Correlation Value
|
420105
|
|
Server Correlation Value
|
420106
|
|
Digested Data
|
420107
|
|
Certificate Subject CN
|
420108
|
|
Certificate Subject O
|
420109
|
|
Certificate Subject OU
|
42010A
|
|
Certificate Subject Email
|
42010B
|
|
Certificate Subject C
|
42010C
|
|
Certificate Subject ST
|
42010D
|
|
Certificate Subject L
|
42010E
|
|
Certificate Subject UID
|
42010F
|
|
Certificate Subject Serial Number
|
420110
|
|
Certificate Subject Title
|
420111
|
|
Certificate Subject DC
|
420112
|
|
Certificate Subject DN Qualifier
|
420113
|
|
Certificate Issuer CN
|
420114
|
|
Certificate Issuer O
|
420115
|
|
Certificate Issuer OU
|
420116
|
|
Certificate Issuer Email
|
420117
|
|
Certificate Issuer C
|
420118
|
|
Certificate Issuer ST
|
420119
|
|
Certificate Issuer L
|
42011A
|
|
Certificate Issuer UID
|
42011B
|
|
Certificate Issuer Serial Number
|
42011C
|
|
Certificate Issuer Title
|
42011D
|
|
Certificate Issuer DC
|
42011E
|
|
Certificate Issuer DN Qualifier
|
42011F
|
|
Sensitive
|
420120
|
|
Always Sensitive
|
420121
|
|
Extractable
|
420122
|
|
Never Extractable
|
420123
|
|
Replace Existing
|
420124
|
|
Attributes
|
420125
|
|
Common Attributes
|
420126
|
|
Private Key Attributes
|
420127
|
|
Public Key Attributes
|
420128
|
|
Extension Enumeration
|
420129
|
|
Extension Attribute
|
42012A
|
|
Extension Parent Structure Tag
|
42012B
|
|
Extension Description
|
42012C
|
|
Server Name
|
42012D
|
|
Server Serial Number
|
42012E
|
|
Server Version
|
42012F
|
|
Server Load
|
420130
|
|
Product Name
|
420131
|
|
Build Level
|
420132
|
|
Build Date
|
420133
|
|
Cluster Info
|
420134
|
|
Alternate Failover Endpoints
|
420135
|
|
Short Unique Identifier
|
420136
|
|
Reserved
|
420137
|
|
Tag
|
420138
|
|
Certificate Request Unique Identifier
|
420139
|
|
NIST Key Type
|
42013A
|
|
Attribute Reference
|
42013B
|
|
Current Attribute
|
42013C
|
|
New Attribute
|
42013D
|
|
(Reserved)
|
42013E
|
|
(Reserved)
|
42013F
|
|
Certificate Request Value
|
420140
|
|
Log Message
|
420141
|
|
Profile Version
|
420142
|
|
Profile Version Major
|
420143
|
|
Profile Version Minor
|
420144
|
|
Protection Level
|
420145
|
|
Protection Period
|
420146
|
|
Quantum Safe
|
420147
|
|
Quantum Safe Capability
|
420148
|
|
Ticket
|
420149
|
|
Ticket Type
|
42014A
|
|
Ticket Value
|
42014B
|
|
Request Count
|
42014C
|
|
Rights
|
42014D
|
|
Objects
|
42014E
|
|
Operations
|
42014F
|
|
Right
|
420150
|
|
Endpoint Role
|
420151
|
|
Defaults Information
|
420152
|
|
Object Defaults
|
420153
|
|
Ephemeral
|
420154
|
|
Server Hashed Password
|
420155
|
|
One Time Password
|
420156
|
|
Hashed Password
|
420157
|
|
Adjustment Type
|
420158
|
|
PKCS#11 Interface
|
420159
|
|
PKCS#11 Function
|
42015A
|
|
PKCS#11 Input Parameters
|
42015B
|
|
PKCS#11 Output Parameters
|
42015C
|
|
PKCS#11 Return Code
|
42015D
|
|
Protection Storage Mask
|
42015E
|
|
Protection Storage Masks
|
42015F
|
|
Interop Function
|
420160
|
|
Interop Identifier
|
420161
|
|
Adjustment Value
|
420162
|
|
Common Protection Storage Masks
|
420163
|
|
Private Protection Storage Masks
|
420164
|
|
Public Protection Storage Masks
|
420165
|
|
Object Groups
|
420166
|
|
Object Types
|
420167
|
|
Constraints
|
420168
|
|
Constraint
|
420169
|
|
Rotate Interval
|
0x42016A
|
|
Rotate Automatic
|
0x42016B
|
|
Rotate Offset
|
0x42016C
|
|
Rotate Date
|
0x42016D
|
|
Rotate Generation
|
0x42016E
|
|
Rotate Name
|
0x42016F
|
|
Rotate Name Value
|
0x420170
|
|
Rotate Name Type
|
0x420171
|
|
Rotate Latest
|
0x420172
|
|
Asynchronous Request
|
0x420173
|
|
Submission Date
|
0x420174
|
|
Processing Stage
|
0x420175
|
|
Asynchronous Correlation Values
|
0x420176
|
|
(Reserved)
|
420XXX – 42FFFF
|
|
(Unused)
|
430000 – 53FFFF
|
|
Extensions
|
540000 – 54FFFF
|
|
(Unused)
|
550000 - FFFFFF
|
Table 487: Tag Enumeration
|
State
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Login
|
00000001
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 488: Ticket Type Enumeration
The following values may be specified in an operation
request for a Unique Identifier: If multiple unique identifiers would be
referenced then the operation is repeated for each of them. If an operation
appears multiple times in a request, it is the most recent that is referred to.
|
Unique
Identifier Enumerations
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
ID Placeholder
|
00000001
|
|
Certify
|
00000002
|
|
Create
|
00000003
|
|
Create Key Pair
|
00000004
|
|
Create Key Pair Private Key
|
00000005
|
|
Create Key Pair Public Key
|
00000006
|
|
Create Split Key
|
00000007
|
|
Derive Key
|
00000008
|
|
Import
|
00000009
|
|
Join Split Key
|
0000000A
|
|
Locate
|
0000000B
|
|
Register
|
0000000C
|
|
Re-key
|
0000000D
|
|
Re-certify
|
0000000E
|
|
Re-key Key Pair
|
0000000F
|
|
Re-key Key Pair Private Key
|
00000010
|
|
Re-key Key Pair Public Key
|
00000011
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 489: Unique Identifier Enumeration
|
Unwrap Mode
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Unspecified
|
00000001
|
|
Processed
|
00000002
|
|
Not Processed
|
00000003
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 490: Unwrap Mode Enumeration
|
Usage Limits
Unit
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Byte
|
00000001
|
|
Object
|
00000002
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 491: Usage Limits Unit Enumeration
|
Validity
Indicator
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Valid
|
00000001
|
|
Invalid
|
00000002
|
|
Unknown
|
00000003
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 492: Validity Indicator Enumeration
The following wrapping methods are currently defined:
|
Value
|
Description
|
|
Encrypt only
|
encryption using a symmetric key or public key, or
authenticated encryption algorithms that use a single key
|
|
MAC/sign only
|
either MACing the Key Value with a symmetric key, or
signing the Key Value with a private key
|
|
Encrypt then MAC/sign
|
|
|
MAC/sign then encrypt.
|
|
|
TR-31
|
|
|
Extensions
|
|
Table 493: Key Wrapping Methods Description
|
Wrapping
Method
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Encrypt
|
00000001
|
|
MAC/sign
|
00000002
|
|
Encrypt then MAC/sign
|
00000003
|
|
MAC/sign then encrypt
|
00000004
|
|
TR-31
|
00000005
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
Table 494: Wrapping Method Enumeration
|
Validation
Authority Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Unspecified
|
00000001
|
|
NIST CMVP
|
00000002
|
|
Common Criteria
|
00000003
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
|
Validation
Type
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Unspecified
|
00000001
|
|
Hardware
|
00000002
|
|
Software
|
00000003
|
|
Firmware
|
00000004
|
|
Hybrid
|
00000005
|
|
Extensions
|
8XXXXXXX
|
All
mask values SHALL be encoded as Integers in TTLV encoding and SHALL be encoded
as Integers but in symbolic form in XML and JSON encodings.
The following Cryptographic Usage Masks are currently
defined:
|
Value
|
Description
|
Valid KMIP Server Operation
|
|
Sign
|
Allow for signing. Applies to Sign operation. Valid
for PGP Key, Private Key
|
Yes
|
|
Verify
|
Allow for signature verification. Applies to Signature
Verify and Validate operations. Valid for PGP Key, Certificate and Public
Key.
|
Yes
|
|
Encrypt
|
Allow for encryption. Applies to Encrypt operation.
Valid for PGP Key, Private Key, Public Key and Symmetric Key. Encryption for
the purpose of wrapping is separate Wrap Key value.
|
Yes
|
|
Decrypt
|
Allow for decryption. Applies to Decrypt operation.
Valid for PGP Key, Private Key, Public Key and Symmetric Key. Decryption for
the purpose of unwrapping is separate Unwrap Key value.
|
Yes
|
|
Wrap Key
|
Allow for key wrapping. Applies to Get operation
when wrapping is required by Wrapping Specification is provided on the object
used to Wrap. Valid for PGP Key, Private Key and Symmetric Key. Note: even if
the underlying wrapping mechanism is encryption, this value is logically
separate.
|
Yes
|
|
Unwrap Key
|
Allow for key unwrapping. Applies to Get operation
when unwrapping is required on the object used to Unwrap. Valid for PGP Key,
Private Key, Public Key and Symmetric Key. Not interchangeable with Decrypt.
Note: even if the underlying unwrapping mechanism is decryption, this value
is logically separate.
|
Yes
|
|
(Reserved)
|
|
|
|
MAC Generate
|
Allow for MAC generation. Applies to MAC operation.
Valid for Symmetric Keys
|
Yes
|
|
MAC Verify
|
Allow for MAC verification. Applies to MAC Verify
operation. Valid for Symmetric Keys
|
Yes
|
|
Derive Key
|
Allow for key derivation. Applied to Derive Key
operation. Valid for PGP Keys, Private Keys, Public Keys, Secret Data and
Symmetric Keys.
|
Yes
|
|
Key Agreement
|
Allow for Key Agreement. Valid for PGP Keys, Private
Keys, Public Keys, Secret Data and Symmetric Keys
|
No
|
|
Certificate Sign
|
Allow for Certificate Signing. Applies to Certify
operation on a private key. Valid for Private Keys.
|
Yes
|
|
CRL Sign
|
Allow for CRL Sign. Valid for Private Keys
|
Yes
|
|
Authenticate
|
Allow for Authentication. Valid for Secret Data.
|
Yes
|
|
Unrestricted
|
Cryptographic Usage Mask contains no Usage
Restrictions.
|
Yes
|
|
FPE Encrypt
|
Allow for Format Preserving Encrypt. Valid for
Symmetric Keys, Public Keys and Private Keys
|
Yes
|
|
FPE Decrypt
|
Allow for Format Preserving Decrypt. Valid for
Symmetric Keys, Public Keys and Private Keys
|
Yes
|
|
Extensions
|
Extensions
|
|
Table 495: Cryptographic Usage Masks Description
|
Cryptographic
Usage Mask
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Sign
|
00000001
|
|
Verify
|
00000002
|
|
Encrypt
|
00000004
|
|
Decrypt
|
00000008
|
|
Wrap Key
|
00000010
|
|
Unwrap Key
|
00000020
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000040
|
|
MAC Generate
|
00000080
|
|
MAC Verify
|
00000100
|
|
Derive Key
|
00000200
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00000400
|
|
Key Agreement
|
00000800
|
|
Certificate Sign
|
00001000
|
|
CRL Sign
|
00002000
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00004000
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00008000
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00010000
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00020000
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00040000
|
|
(Reserved)
|
00080000
|
|
Authenticate
|
00100000
|
|
Unrestricted
|
00200000
|
|
FPE Encrypt
|
00400000
|
|
FPE Decrypt
|
00800000
|
|
Extensions
|
XXX00000
|
Table 496: Cryptographic Usage Mask enumerations
This list takes into
consideration values which MAY appear in the Key Usage extension in an X.509
certificate.
|
Protection
Storage Mask
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
Software
|
00000001
|
|
Hardware
|
00000002
|
|
On Processor
|
00000004
|
|
On System
|
00000008
|
|
Off System
|
00000010
|
|
Hypervisor
|
00000020
|
|
Operating System
|
00000040
|
|
Container
|
00000080
|
|
On Premises
|
00000100
|
|
Off Premises
|
00000200
|
|
Self Managed
|
00000400
|
|
Outsourced
|
00000800
|
|
Validated
|
00001000
|
|
Same Jurisdiction
|
00002000
|
|
Extensions
|
XXXXXXX0
|
Table 497: Protection Storage Mask enumerations
|
Storage Status Mask
|
|
Name
|
Value
|
|
On-line storage
|
00000001
|
|
Archival storage
|
00000002
|
|
Destroyed storage
|
00000004
|
|
Extensions
|
XXXXXXX0
|
Table 498: Storage Status Mask enumerations
There are three Split Key
Methods for secret sharing: the first one is based on XOR, and the other
two are based on polynomial secret sharing, according to [w1979].
Let L
be the minimum number of bits needed to represent all values of the secret.
·
When the Split Key Method is XOR, then the Key Material in the
Key Value of the Key Block is of length L
bits. The number of split keys is Split Key Parts (identical to Split Key
Threshold), and the secret is reconstructed by XORing all of the parts.
·
When the Split Key Method is Polynomial Sharing Prime Field, then
secret sharing is performed in the field GF(Prime Field Size),
represented as integers, where Prime Field Size is a prime bigger than 2L.
·
When the Split Key Method is Polynomial Sharing GF(216),
then secret sharing is performed in the field GF(216). The Key
Material in the Key Value of the Key Block is a bit string of length L, and when L
is bigger than 216, then secret sharing is applied piecewise in
pieces of 16 bits each. The Key Material in the Key Value of the Key Block is
the concatenation of the corresponding shares of all pieces of the secret.
Secret sharing is performed in the field GF(216),
which is represented as an algebraic extension of GF(28):
GF(216) ≈ GF(28) [y]/(y2+y+m),
where m is defined later.
An element of this field then consists of a linear
combination uy + v, where u and v are elements of the
smaller field GF(28).
The representation of field elements and the notation
in this section rely on [FIPS197], Sections 3 and 4.
The field GF(28) is as described in a format consistent with [FIPS197],
GF(28) ≈ 285 - x8+x4+x3+x2+1.
An element of GF(28) is represented as a
byte. Addition and subtraction in GF(28) is performed as a bit-wise
XOR of the bytes. Multiplication and inversion are more complex (see [FIPS197] Section 4.1 and 4.2 for details).
An element of GF(216) is represented as a
pair of bytes (u, v). The element m is given by
m = x5+x4+x3+x,
which is represented by the byte 0x3A (or {3A} in
notation according to [FIPS197]).
Addition and subtraction in GF(216) both
correspond to simply XORing the bytes. The product of two elements ry + s
and uy + v is given by
(ry + s) (uy + v)
= ((r + s)(u + v) + sv)y + (ru
+ svm).
The inverse of an element uy + v is given
by
(uy + v)-1 = ud-1y
+ (u + v)d-1, where d = (u + v)v
+ mu2.
An implementation is a conforming KMIP Client if the
implementation meets the conditions specified in one or more client profiles
specified in [KMIP-Prof].
A KMIP client implementation SHALL be a conforming KMIP
Client.
If a KMIP client implementation claims support for a
particular client profile, then the implementation SHALL conform to all normative
statements within the clauses specified for that profile and for any subclauses
to each of those clauses.
An implementation is a conforming KMIP Server if the
implementation meets the conditions specified in one or more server profiles
specified in [KMIP-Prof].
A KMIP server implementation SHALL be a conforming KMIP
Server.
If a KMIP server implementation claims support for a
particular server profile, then the implementation SHALL conform to all
normative statements within the clauses specified for that profile and for any
subclauses to each of those clauses.
The following individuals have participated in the creation
of this specification and are gratefully acknowledged:
Participants:
Rinkesh Bansal - IBM
Jeff Bartell - Individual
Gabriel Becker - KRYPTUS
Andre Bereza - KRYPTUS
Anthony Berglas - Cryptsoft Pty
Ltd.
Mathias Bjorkqvist - IBM
Joseph Brand - Semper Fortis
Solutions
Alan Brown - Thales e-Security
Andrew Byrne - Dell
Tim Chevalier - NetApp
Kenli Chong - QuintessenceLabs Pty
Ltd.
Justin Corlett - Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.
Tony Cox - Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.
James Crossland - Northrop Grumman
Stephen Edwards - Semper Fortis
Solutions
Stan Feather - Hewlett Packard
Enterprise (HPE)
Indra Fitzgerald - Utimaco IS GmbH
Judith Furlong - Dell
Gary Gardner - Fornetix
Susan Gleeson - Oracle
Steve He - Thales e-Security
Christopher Hillier - Hewlett
Packard Enterprise (HPE)
Tim Hudson - Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.
Nitin Jain - SafeNet, Inc.
Gershon Janssen - Individual
Mark Joseph - P6R, Inc
Paul Lechner - KeyNexus Inc
John Leiseboer - QuintessenceLabs
Pty Ltd.
Jarrett Lu - Oracle
Jeff MacMillan - KeyNexus Inc
John Major - QuintessenceLabs Pty
Ltd.
Cecilia Majorel - Quintessence Labs
Gabriel Mandaji - KRYPTUS
Jon Mentzell - Fornetix
Prashant Mestri - IBM
Kevin Mooney - Fornetix
Ladan Nekuii - Thales e-Security
Jason Novecosky - KeyNexus Inc
Matt O'reilly - Fornetix
Sanjay Panchal - IBM
Mahesh Paradkar - IBM
Steve Pate - Thales e-Security
Greg Pepus - Semper Fortis
Solutions
Bruce Rich - Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.
Thad Roemer - Dyadic Security Ltd.
Thad Roemer - Unbound Tech
Greg Scott - Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.
Martin Shannon - QuintessenceLabs
Pty Ltd.
Gerald Stueve - Fornetix
Jim Susoy - P6R, Inc
Jason Thatcher - Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.
Peter Tsai - Thales e-Security
Charles White - Fornetix
Steven Wierenga - Utimaco IS GmbH
Kyle Wuolle - KeyNexus Inc
The following abbreviations and acronyms are used in this
document:
|
Item
|
Description
|
|
3DES
|
Triple Data Encryption Standard specified in ANSI X9.52
|
|
AES
|
Advanced Encryption Standard specified in [FIPS197]FIPS 197
|
|
ASN.1
|
Abstract Syntax Notation One specified in ITU-T X.680
|
|
BDK
|
Base Derivation Key specified in ANSI X9 TR-31
|
|
CA
|
Certification Authority
|
|
CBC
|
Cipher Block Chaining
|
|
CCM
|
Counter with CBC-MAC specified in [SP800-38C]
|
|
CFB
|
Cipher Feedback specified in [SP800-38A]
|
|
CMAC
|
Cipher-based MAC specified in [SP800-38B]
|
|
CMC
|
Certificate Management Messages over CMS specified in [RFC5272]
|
|
CMP
|
Certificate Management Protocol specified in [RFC4210]
|
|
CPU
|
Central Processing Unit
|
|
CRL
|
Certificate Revocation List specified in [RFC5280]
|
|
CRMF
|
Certificate Request Message Format specified in [RFC4211]
|
|
CRT
|
Chinese Remainder Theorem
|
|
CTR
|
Counter specified in [SP800-38A]
|
|
CVK
|
Card Verification Key specified in ANSI X9 TR-31
|
|
DEK
|
Data Encryption Key
|
|
DER
|
Distinguished Encoding Rules specified in ITU-T X.690
|
|
DES
|
Data Encryption Standard specified in FIPS 46-3
|
|
DH
|
Diffie-Hellman specified in ANSI X9.42
|
|
DNS
|
Domain Name Server
|
|
DSA
|
Digital Signature Algorithm specified in FIPS 186-3
|
|
DSKPP
|
Dynamic Symmetric Key Provisioning Protocol
|
|
ECB
|
Electronic Code Book
|
|
ECDH
|
Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman specified in [X9.63][SP800-56A]
|
|
ECDSA
|
Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm specified in [X9.62]
|
|
ECMQV
|
Elliptic Curve Menezes Qu Vanstone specified in [X9.63][SP800-56A]
|
|
FFC
|
Finite Field Cryptography
|
|
FIPS
|
Federal Information Processing Standard
|
|
GCM
|
Galois/Counter Mode specified in [SP800-38D]
|
|
GF
|
Galois field (or finite field)
|
|
HKDF
|
HMAC-based Extract-and-Expand Key Derivation Function (HKDF) [RFC5869]
|
|
HMAC
|
Keyed-Hash Message Authentication Code specified in [FIPS198-1][RFC2104]
|
|
HTTP
|
Hyper Text Transfer Protocol
|
|
HTTP(S)
|
Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (Secure socket)
|
|
IEEE
|
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
|
|
IETF
|
Internet Engineering Task Force
|
|
IP
|
Internet Protocol
|
|
IPsec
|
Internet Protocol Security
|
|
IV
|
Initialization Vector
|
|
KEK
|
Key Encryption Key
|
|
KMIP
|
Key Management Interoperability Protocol
|
|
MAC
|
Message Authentication Code
|
|
MKAC
|
EMV/chip card Master Key: Application Cryptograms specified in ANSI X9
TR-31
|
|
MKCP
|
EMV/chip card Master Key: Card Personalization specified in ANSI X9
TR-31
|
|
MKDAC
|
EMV/chip card Master Key: Data Authentication Code specified in ANSI X9
TR-31
|
|
MKDN
|
EMV/chip card Master Key: Dynamic Numbers specified in ANSI X9 TR-31
|
|
MKOTH
|
EMV/chip card Master Key: Other specified in ANSI X9 TR-31
|
|
MKSMC
|
EMV/chip card Master Key: Secure Messaging for Confidentiality
specified in X9 TR-31
|
|
MKSMI
|
EMV/chip card Master Key: Secure Messaging for Integrity specified in
ANSI X9 TR-31
|
|
MD2
|
Message Digest 2 Algorithm specified in [RFC1319]
|
|
MD4
|
Message Digest 4 Algorithm specified in [RFC1320]
|
|
MD5
|
Message Digest 5 Algorithm specified in [RFC1321]
|
|
NIST
|
National Institute of Standards and Technology
|
|
OAEP
|
Optimal Asymmetric Encryption Padding specified in [PKCS#1]
|
|
OFB
|
Output Feedback specified in [SP800-38A]
|
|
PBKDF2
|
Password-Based Key Derivation Function 2 specified in [RFC2898]
|
|
PCBC
|
Propagating Cipher Block Chaining
|
|
PEM
|
Privacy Enhanced Mail specified in [RFC1421]
|
|
PGP
|
OpenPGP specified in [RFC4880]
|
|
PKCS
|
Public-Key Cryptography Standards
|
|
PKCS#1
|
RSA Cryptography Specification Version 2.1 specified in [RFC3447]
|
|
PKCS#5
|
Password-Based Cryptography Specification Version 2 specified in [RFC2898]
|
|
PKCS#8
|
Private-Key Information Syntax Specification Version 1.2 specified in Error! Reference source not found.
|
|
PKCS#10
|
Certification Request Syntax Specification Version 1.7 specified in [RFC2986]
|
|
PKCS#11
|
Cryptographic Token Interface Standard
|
|
PKCS#12
|
Personal Information Exchange Syntax
|
|
POSIX
|
Portable Operating System Interface
|
|
RFC
|
Request for Comments documents of IETF
|
|
RSA
|
Rivest, Shamir, Adelman (an algorithm)
|
|
RNG
|
Random Number Generator
|
|
SCEP
|
Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol
|
|
SCVP
|
Server-based Certificate Validation Protocol
|
|
SHA
|
Secure Hash Algorithm specified in FIPS 180-2
|
|
SP
|
Special Publication
|
|
SSL/TLS
|
Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security
|
|
S/MIME
|
Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions
|
|
TDEA
|
see 3DES
|
|
TCP
|
Transport Control Protocol
|
|
TTLV
|
Tag, Type, Length, Value
|
|
URI
|
Uniform Resource Identifier
|
|
UTC
|
Coordinated Universal Time
|
|
UTF-8
|
Universal Transformation Format 8-bit specified in [RFC3629]
|
|
XKMS
|
XML Key Management Specification
|
|
XML
|
Extensible Markup Language
|
|
XTS
|
XEX Tweakable Block Cipher with Ciphertext Stealing specified in [SP800-38E]
|
|
X.509
|
Public Key Certificate specified in [RFC5280]
|
|
ZPK
|
PIN Block Encryption Key specified in ANSI X9 TR-31
|
Figure 1: Cryptographic Object States
and Transitions. 63
Table 1: Terminology. 15
Table 2: Certificate Object Structure. 19
Table 3: Certificate Request Structure. 19
Table 4: Opaque Object Structure. 19
Table 5: PGP Key Object Structure. 20
Table 6: Private Key Object Structure. 20
Table 7: Public Key Object Structure. 20
Table 8: Secret Data Object Structure. 20
Table 9: Split Key Object Structure. 21
Table 10: Symmetric Key Object
Structure. 21
Table 11: Key Block Cryptographic
Algorithm & Length Description. 22
Table 12: Key Block Object Structure. 22
Table 13: Key Value Object Structure. 23
Table 14: Key Wrapping Data Structure Description. 23
Table 15: Key Wrapping Data Object
Structure. 24
Table 16: Encryption Key Information
Object Structure. 24
Table 17: MAC/Signature Key Information
Object Structure. 24
Table 18: Key Material Object Structure
for Transparent Symmetric Keys. 25
Table 19: Key Material Object Structure
for Transparent DSA Private Keys. 25
Table 20: Key Material Object Structure
for Transparent DSA Public Keys. 25
Table 21: Key Material Object Structure
for Transparent RSA Private Keys. 25
Table 22: Key Material Object Structure
for Transparent RSA Public Keys. 26
Table 23: Key Material Object Structure
for Transparent DH Private Keys. 26
Table 24: Key Material Object Structure
for Transparent DH Public Keys. 26
Table 25: Key Material Object Structure
for Transparent EC Private Keys. 27
Table 26: Key Material Object Structure
for Transparent EC Public Keys. 27
Table 27: Attribute Rules. 29
Table 28: Default Cryptographic
Parameters. 29
Table 29: Activation Date Attribute. 29
Table 30: Activation Date Attribute
Rules. 30
Table 31: Alternative Name Attribute
Structure. 30
Table 32: Alternative Name Attribute
Rules. 30
Table 33: Always Sensitive Attribute. 30
Table 34: Always Sensitive Attribute
Rules. 31
Table 35: Application Specific
Information Attribute. 31
Table 36: Application Specific
Information Attribute Rules. 31
Table 37: Archive Date Attribute. 32
Table 38: Archive Date Attribute Rules. 32
Table 39: Certificate Attributes. 33
Table 40: Certificate Attribute Rules. 33
Table 41: Certificate Type Attribute. 33
Table 42: Certificate Type Attribute
Rules. 33
Table 43: Certificate Length Attribute. 34
Table 44: Certificate Length Attribute
Rules. 34
Table 45: Comment Attribute. 34
Table 46: Comment Rules. 34
Table 47: Compromise Date Attribute. 35
Table 48: Compromise Date Attribute
Rules. 35
Table 49: Compromise
Occurrence Date Attribute. 35
Table 50: Compromise Occurrence Date
Attribute Rules. 35
Table 51: Contact Information Attribute. 35
Table 52: Contact Information Attribute
Rules. 36
Table 53: Cryptographic Algorithm
Attribute. 36
Table 54: Cryptographic Algorithm
Attribute Rules. 36
Table 55: Cryptographic Domain
Parameters Attribute Structure. 37
Table 56: Cryptographic Domain
Parameters Attribute Rules. 37
Table 57: Cryptographic Length
Attribute. 37
Table 58: Cryptographic Length
Attribute Rules. 37
Table 59: Cryptographic Parameters
Attribute Structure. 39
Table 60: Cryptographic Parameters
Attribute Rules. 40
Table 61: Cryptographic
Usage Mask Attribute. 40
Table 62: Cryptographic Usage Mask
Attribute Rules. 40
Table 63: Deactivation Date Attribute. 41
Table 64: Deactivation Date Attribute
Rules. 41
Table 65: Description Attribute. 41
Table 66: Description Attribute Rules. 41
Table 67: Destroy Date Attribute. 42
Table 68: Destroy Date Attribute Rules. 42
Table 69: Digest Attribute Structure. 42
Table 70: Digest Attribute Rules. 43
Table 71: Digital
Signature Algorithm Attribute. 43
Table 72: Digital Signature Algorithm
Attribute Rules. 43
Table 73: Extractable Attribute. 44
Table 74: Extractable Attribute Rules. 44
Table 75: Fresh Attribute. 44
Table 76: Fresh Attribute Rules. 44
Table 77: Initial Date Attribute. 44
Table 78: Initial Date Attribute Rules. 45
Table 79: Key Format Type Attribute. 45
Table 80: Key Format Type Attribute
Rules. 45
Table 81: Default Key Format Type, by
Object 46
Table 82: Key Value Location Attribute. 46
Table 83: Key Value Location Attribute
Rules. 46
Table 84: Key Value Present Attribute. 47
Table 85: Key Value Present Attribute
Rules. 47
Table 86: Last Change Date Attribute. 47
Table 87: Last Change Date Attribute
Rules. 47
Table 88: Lease Time Attribute. 48
Table 89: Lease Time Attribute Rules. 48
Table 90: Linked Object Identifier
encoding descriptions. 49
Table 91: Link Attribute Structure. 49
Table 92: Link Attribute Structure
Rules. 49
Table 93: Name Attribute Structure. 49
Table 94: Name Attribute Rules. 50
Table 95: Never Extractable Attribute. 50
Table 96: Never Extractable Attribute
Rules. 50
Table 97 SP800-57 Key Type Attribute. 50
Table 98 SP800-57 Key Type Attribute
Rules. 51
Table 99: Object Group Attribute. 51
Table 100: Object Group Attribute Rules. 51
Table 101: Object Type Attribute. 51
Table 102: Object Type Attribute Rules. 52
Table 103: Opaque Data Type Attribute. 52
Table 104: Opaque Data Type Attribute
Rules. 52
Table 105: Original Creation Date
Attribute. 53
Table 106: Original Creation Date
Attribute Rules. 53
Table 107: PKCS#12 Friendly Name
Attribute. 53
Table 108: Friendly Name Attribute
Rules. 53
Table 109: Process Start Date Attribute. 54
Table 110: Process Start Date Attribute
Rules. 54
Table 111: Protect Stop Date Attribute. 54
Table 112: Protect Stop Date Attribute
Rules. 55
Table 113: Protection Level Attribute. 55
Table 114: Protection Level Attribute
Rules. 55
Table 115: Protection Period Attribute. 55
Table 116: Protection Period Attribute
Rules. 55
Table 117: Protection Storage Mask. 56
Table 118: Protection Storage Mask
Rules. 56
Table 119: Quantum Safe Attribute. 56
Table 120: Quantum Safe Attribute Rules. 56
Table 121: Random Number Generator
Attribute. 57
Table 122: Random Number Generator
Attribute Rules. 57
Table 123: Revocation Reason Attribute
Structure. 57
Table 124: Revocation Reason Attribute
Rules. 58
Table 125: Rotate Automatic Attribute. 58
Table 126: Rotate Automatic Attribute
Rules. 58
Table 127: Rotate Date Attribute. 58
Table 128: Rotate Date Attribute Rules. 59
Table 129: Rotate Generation Attribute. 59
Table 130: Rotate Generation Attribute
Rules. 59
Table 131: Rotate Interval Attribute. 59
Table 132: Rotate Interval Attribute
Rules. 60
Table 133: Rotate Latest Attribute. 60
Table 134: Rotate Latest Attribute
Rules. 60
Table 135: Rotate Name Attribute
Structure. 60
Table 136: Rotate Name Attribute Rules. 61
Table 137: Rotate Offset Attribute. 61
Table 138: Rotate Offset Attribute
Rules. 61
Table 139: Sensitive Attribute. 61
Table 140: Sensitive Attribute Rules. 62
Table 141: Unique Identifier Attribute. 62
Table 142: Short Unique Identifier
Attribute Rules. 62
Table 143: State Attribute. 64
Table 144: State Attribute Rules. 65
Table 145: Unique Identifier encoding
descriptions. 65
Table 146: Unique Identifier Attribute. 65
Table 147: Unique Identifier Attribute
Rules. 66
Table 148;: Usage Limits Descriptions. 66
Table 149: Usage Limits Attribute Rules. 67
Table 150: Attribute Object Structure. 67
Table 151: X.509
Certificate Identifier Attribute Structure. 68
Table 152: X.509 Certificate Identifier
Attribute Rules. 68
Table 153: X.509 Certificate Issuer
Attribute Structure. 68
Table 154: X.509 Certificate Issuer
Attribute Rules. 68
Table 155: X.509 Certificate Subject
Attribute Structure. 69
Table 156: X.509 Certificate Subject
Attribute Rules. 69
Table 157: Attributes Definition. 70
Table 158: Common Attributes Definition. 70
Table 159: Private Key Attributes
Definition. 70
Table 160: Public Key Attributes
Definition. 71
Table 161: Attribute Reference
Definition. 71
Table 162: Current Attribute Definition. 71
Table 163: New Attribute Definition. 71
Table 164: Activate Request Payload. 73
Table 165: Activate Response Payload. 73
Table 166: Activate Errors. 73
Table 167: Add Attribute Request
Payload. 74
Table 168: Add Attribute Response
Payload. 74
Table 169: Add Attribute Errors. 74
Table 170: Adjust Attribute Request
Payload. 75
Table 171: Adjust Attribute Response
Payload. 75
Table 172: Adjust Attribute Errors. 75
Table 173: Archive Request Payload. 75
Table 174: Archive Response Payload. 76
Table 175: Archive Errors. 76
Table 176: Cancel Request Payload. 76
Table 177: Cancel Response Payload. 76
Table 178: Cancel Errors. 76
Table 179: Certify Request Payload. 77
Table 180: Certify Response Payload. 77
Table 181: Certify Errors. 78
Table 182: Check value description. 78
Table 183: Check Request Payload. 79
Table 184: Check Response Payload. 79
Table 185: Check Errors. 79
Table 186: Create Request Payload. 80
Table 187: Create Response Payload. 80
Table 188: Create Errors. 80
Table 189: Create Key Pair Request Payload. 81
Table 190: Create Key Pair Response
Payload. 81
Table 191: Create Key Pair Attribute
Requirements. 82
Table 192: Create Key Pair Errors. 82
Table 193: Create Split Key Request
Payload. 83
Table 194: Create Split Key Response
Payload. 83
Table 195: Create Split Key Errors. 83
Table 196: Decrypt Request Payload. 84
Table 197: Decrypt Response Payload. 85
Table 198: Decrypt Errors. 85
Table 199: Delegated Login Request
Payload. 85
Table 200: Delegated Login Response
Payload. 86
Table 201: Delegated Login Errors. 86
Table 202: Delete Attribute Request
Payload. 86
Table 203: Delete Attribute Response
Payload. 86
Table 204: Delete Attribute Errors. 87
Table 205: Derive Key Request Payload. 88
Table 206: Derive Key Response Payload. 88
Table 207: Derive Key Errors. 88
Table 208: Destroy Request Payload. 88
Table 209: Destroy Response Payload. 88
Table 210: Destroy Errors. 89
Table 211: Discover Versions Request
Payload. 89
Table 212: Discover Versions Response
Payload. 89
Table 213: Discover Versions Errors. 90
Table 214: Encrypt Request Payload. 91
Table 215: Encrypt Response Payload. 91
Table 216: Encrypt Errors. 92
Table 217: Export Request Payload. 92
Table 218: Export Response Payload. 92
Table 219: Export Errors. 93
Table 220: Get Request Payload. 94
Table 221: Get Response Payload. 94
Table 222: Get Errors. 94
Table 223: Get Attributes Request
Payload. 95
Table 224: Get Attributes Response
Payload. 95
Table 225: Get Attributes Errors. 95
Table 226: Get Attribute List Request
Payload. 95
Table 227: Get Attribute List Response
Payload. 96
Table 228: Get Attribute List Errors. 96
Table 229: Get Constraints Request
Payload. 96
Table 230: Get Constraints Response
Payload. 96
Table 231: Get Constraints Errors. 96
Table 232: Get Usage Allocation Request
Payload. 97
Table 233: Get Usage Allocation
Response Payload. 97
Table 234: Get Usage Allocation Errors. 97
Table 235: Hash Request Payload. 98
Table 236: Hash Response Payload. 98
Table 237: HASH Errors. 98
Table 238: Import Request Payload. 99
Table 239: Import Response Payload. 99
Table 240: Import Errors. 100
Table 241: Interop Request Payload. 100
Table 242: Interop Response Payload. 100
Table 243: Interop Errors. 100
Table 244: Join Split Key Request
Payload. 101
Table 245: Join Split Key Response
Payload. 101
Table 246: Join Split Key Errors. 101
Table 247: Locate Request Payload. 103
Table 248: Locate Response Payload. 103
Table 249: Locate Errors. 104
Table 250: Log Request Payload. 104
Table 251: Log Response Payload. 104
Table 252: Log Errors. 104
Table 253: Login Request Payload. 105
Table 254: Login Response Payload. 105
Table 255: Login Errors. 105
Table 256: Logout Request Payload. 105
Table 257: Logout Response Payload. 105
Table 258: Logout Errors. 105
Table 259: MAC Request Payload. 106
Table 260: MAC Response Payload. 107
Table 261: MAC Errors. 107
Table 262: MAC Verify Request Payload. 108
Table 263: MAC Verify Response Payload. 108
Table 264: MAC Verify Errors. 109
Table 265: Modify Attribute Request
Payload. 109
Table 266: Modify Attribute Response
Payload. 109
Table 267: Modify Attribute Errors. 110
Table 268: Obtain Lease Request Payload. 110
Table 269: Obtain Lease Response
Payload. 110
Table 270: Obtain Lease Errors. 111
Table 271: Ping Request Payload. 111
Table 272: Ping Response Payload. 111
Table 273: PKCS#11 Request Payload. 111
Table 274: PKCS#11 Response Payload. 112
Table 275: PKCS#11 Errors. 112
Table 276: Poll Request Payload. 112
Table 277: Poll Errors. 113
Table 278: Process Request Payload. 113
Table 279: Process Response Payload. 113
Table 280: Process Request Errors. 113
Table 281: Query Functions. 114
Table 282: Query Request Payload. 115
Table 283: Query Response Payload. 116
Table 284: Query Errors. 116
Table 285: Query Asynchronous Requests
Request Payload. 116
Table 286: PKCS#11 Response Payload. 116
Table 287: Query Asynchronous Requests
Errors. 117
Table 288: Recover Request Payload. 117
Table 289: Recover Response Payload. 117
Table 290: Recover Errors. 117
Table 291: Register Request Payload. 118
Table 292: Register Response Payload. 118
Table 293: Register Attribute
Requirements. 118
Table 294: Register Errors. 119
Table 295: Revoke Request Payload. 119
Table 296: Revoke Response Payload. 119
Table 297: Revoke Errors. 120
Table 298: Computing New Dates from
Offset during Re-certify. 120
Table 299: Re-certify Attribute
Requirements. 121
Table 300: Re-certify Request Payload. 121
Table 301: Re-certify Response Payload. 121
Table 302: Re-certify Errors. 122
Table 303: Computing New Dates from
Offset during Re-key. 122
Table 304: Re-key Attribute
Requirements. 123
Table 305: Re-key Request Payload. 123
Table 306: Re-key Response Payload. 123
Table 307: Re-key Errors. 124
Table 308: Computing New Dates from
Offset during Re-key Key Pair 124
Table 309: Re-key Key Pair Attribute
Requirements. 125
Table 310: Re-key Key Pair Request
Payload. 125
Table 311: Re-key Key Pair Response
Payload. 126
Table 312: Re-key Key Pair Errors. 126
Table 313: Re-Provision Request Payload. 127
Table 314: Re-Provision Response
Payload. 127
Table 315: RNG Retrieve Errors. 127
Table 316: RNG Retrieve Request Payload. 127
Table 317: RNG Retrieve Response
Payload. 127
Table 318: RNG Retrieve Errors. 128
Table 319: RNG Seed Request Payload. 128
Table 320: RNG Seed Response Payload. 128
Table 321: RNG Seed Errors. 128
Table 322: Set Attribute Request
Payload. 129
Table 323: Set Attribute Response
Payload. 129
Table 324: Set Attribute Errors. 129
Table 325: Set Constraints Request
Payload. 129
Table 326: Set Constraints Response
Payload. 130
Table 327: Set Constraints Errors. 130
Table 328: Set Defaults Request Payload. 130
Table 329: Set Defaults Response
Payload. 130
Table 330: Set Defaults Errors. 130
Table 331: Set Endpoint Role Request
Payload. 131
Table 332: Set Endpoint Role Response
Payload. 131
Table 333: Set Endpoint Role Errors. 131
Table 334: Sign Request Payload. 132
Table 335: Sign Response Payload. 133
Table 336: Sign Errors. 133
Table 337: Signature Verify Request
Payload. 134
Table 338: Signature Verify Response
Payload. 135
Table 339: Signature Verify Errors. 135
Table 340: Validate Request Payload. 136
Table 341: Validate Response Payload. 136
Table 342: Validate Errors. 136
Table 343: Discover Versions Request
Payload. 137
Table 344: Discover Versions Errors. 137
Table 345: Notify Message Errors. 138
Table 346: Put Errors. 139
Table 347: Query Request Payload. 140
Table 348: Query Errors. 141
Table 349: Set Endpoint Role Request
Payload. 141
Table 350: Set Endpoint Role Response
Payload. 141
Table 351: Set Endpoint Role Errors. 141
Table 352 Asynchronous Correlation
Values Structure. 142
Table 353 Asynchronous Request
Structure. 142
Table 354 Authenticated Encryption
Additional Data. 142
Table 355 Authenticated Encryption Tag. 142
Table 356: Capability Information
Structure. 143
Table 357: Constraint Structure. 143
Table 358: Constraints Structure. 143
Table 359: Correlation Value Structure. 144
Table 360: Data encoding descriptions. 144
Table 361: Data. 144
Table 362: Data Length Structure. 144
Table 363: Defaults Information
Structure. 144
Table 364: Derivation Parameters
Structure. 145
Table 365: Extension Information
Structure. 146
Table 366: Final Indicator Structure. 146
Table 367: Interop Function Structure. 146
Table 368: Interop Function Structure. 146
Table 369: Init Indicator Structure. 147
Table 370: Key Wrapping Specification
Object Structure. 147
Table 371: Log Message Structure. 148
Table 372: MAC Data Structure. 148
Table 373: Objects Structure. 148
Table 374: Object Defaults Structure. 148
Table 375: Object Groups Structure. 148
Table 376: ObjectTypes Structure. 149
Table 377: Operations Structure. 149
Table 378: PKCS#11 Function Structure. 149
Table 379: PKCS#11 Input Parameters
Structure. 149
Table 380: PKCS#11 Interface Structure. 149
Table 381: PKCS#11 Output Parameters
Structure. 150
Table 382: PKCS#11 Return Code
Structure. 150
Table 383: Profile Information
Structure. 150
Table 384: Profile Version Structure. 150
Table 385: Protection Storage Mask
Structure. 151
Table 386: Right Structure. 151
Table 387: Rights Structure. 151
Table 388: RNG Parameters Structure. 152
Table 389: Server Information Structure. 152
Table 390: Signature Data Structure. 153
Table 391: Ticket Structure. 153
Table 392: Usage limits Structure. 153
Table 393: Validation Information
Structure. 154
Table 394: Request Message Structure. 155
Table 395: Request Header Structure. 156
Table 396: Request Batch Item Structure. 156
Table 397: Response Message Structure. 156
Table 398: Response Header Structure. 157
Table 399: Response Batch Item
Structure. 157
Table 400: Asynchronous Correlation
Value in Response Batch Item.. 158
Table 401: Asynchronous Indicator in
Message Request Header 158
Table 402: Attestation Capable
Indicator in Message Request Header 158
Table 403: Authentication Structure in
Message Header 159
Table 404: Batch Count in Message
Header 159
Table 405: Batch Error Continuation
Option in Message Request Header 159
Table 406: Batch Item in Message. 159
Table 407: Batch Order Option in
Message Request Header 159
Table 408: Client Correlation Value in
Message Request Header 160
Table 409: Server Correlation Value in
Message Request Header 160
Table 410: Credential Object Structure. 160
Table 411: Credential Value Structure
for the Username and Password Credential 160
Table 412: Credential Value Structure
for the Device Credential 161
Table 413: Credential Value Structure
for the Attestation Credential 161
Table 414: Credential Value Structure
for the One Time Password Credential 161
Table 415: Credential Value Structure
for the Hashed Password Credential 162
Table 416: Credential Value Structure
for the Ticket 162
Table 417: Maximum Response Size in
Message Request Header 162
Table 418: Message Extension Structure
in Batch Item.. 163
Table 419: Nonce Structure. 163
Table 420: Operation in Batch Item.. 163
Table 421: Protocol Version Structure
in Message Header 163
Table 422: Result Message in Response
Batch Item.. 164
Table 423: Result Reason in Response
Batch Item.. 164
Table 424: Result Status in Response
Batch Item.. 164
Table 425: Time Stamp in Message Header 164
Table 426: Unique Batch Item ID in
Batch Item.. 165
Table 427: Allowed Item Length Values. 167
Table 428: Adjustment Type Descriptions. 169
Table 429: Adjustment Type Enumeration. 169
Table 430: Alternative Name Type
Enumeration. 169
Table 431: Asynchronous Indicator
Descriptions. 170
Table 432: Asynchronous Indicator
Enumeration. 170
Table 433: Attestation Type Enumeration. 170
Table 434: Batch Error Continuation
Option Descriptions. 171
Table 435: Batch Error Continuation
Option Enumeration. 171
Table 436: Block Cipher Mode
Enumeration. 172
Table 437: Cancellation Result
Enumeration Descriptions. 172
Table 438: Cancellation Result
Enumeration. 172
Table 439: Certificate Request Type
Enumeration. 173
Table 440: Certificate Type Enumeration. 173
Table 441: Client Registration Method
Enumeration Descriptions. 173
Table 442: Credential Type Enumeration. 174
Table 443: Cryptographic Algorithm
Enumeration. 176
Table 444: Data Enumeration. 176
Table 445: Derivation Method
Enumeration Descriptions. 177
Table 446: Derivation Method
Enumeration. 177
Table 447: Digital Signature Algorithm
Enumeration. 178
Table 448: DRGB Algorithm Enumeration. 179
Table 449: Encoding Option Description. 179
Table 450: Encoding Option Enumeration. 179
Table 451: Endpoint Role Description. 179
Table 452: Endpoint Role Enumeration. 180
Table 453: FIPS186 Variation
Enumeration. 180
Table 454: Hashing Algorithm
Enumeration. 180
Table 455: Interop Function
Descriptions. 181
Table 456: Interop Function Enumeration. 181
Table 457: Item Type Descriptions. 181
Table 458: Item Type Enumeration. 182
Table 459: Key Compression Type
Enumeration values. 182
Table 460: Key Format Types Description. 183
Table 461: Key Format Type Enumeration. 184
Table 462: Key Role Type Enumeration. 184
Table 463: Key Value Location Type
Enumeration. 185
Table 464: Link Type Enumeration
Descriptions. 185
Table 465: Link Type Enumeration. 186
Table 466: Name Type Enumeration. 187
Table 467: Object Group Member
Enumeration. 188
Table 468: Object Type Enumeration. 188
Table 469: Opaque Data Type Enumeration. 188
Table 470: Operation Enumeration. 190
Table 471: Padding Method Enumeration. 190
Table 472: Processing Stage Enumeration. 191
Table 473: Profile Name Enumeration. 192
Table 474: Protection Level Enumeration. 192
Table 475: Put Function Enumeration. 193
Table 476: Query Function Enumeration. 193
Table 477: Recommended Curve
Enumeration for ECDSA, ECDH, and ECMQV. 195
Table 478: Result Reason Encoding
Descriptions. 199
Table 479: Result Reason Enumeration. 201
Table 480: Result Status Enumeration. 201
Table 481: Revocation Reason Code Enumeration. 201
Table 482: Rotate Name Type Enumeration. 202
Table 483: Secret Data Type Enumeration. 202
Table 484: Shredding Algorithm Enumeration. 203
Table 485: Split Key Method Enumeration. 203
Table 486: State Enumeration. 203
Table 487: Tag Enumeration. 214
Table 488: Ticket Type Enumeration. 214
Table 489: Unique
Identifier Enumeration. 215
Table 490: Unwrap Mode
Enumeration. 215
Table 491: Usage Limits
Unit Enumeration. 215
Table 492: Validity Indicator
Enumeration. 216
Table 493: Key Wrapping Methods
Description. 216
Table 494: Wrapping Method Enumeration. 216
Table 495: Cryptographic Usage Masks
Description. 219
Table 496: Cryptographic Usage Mask
enumerations. 219
Table 497: Protection Storage Mask
enumerations. 220
Table 498: Storage Status Mask
enumerations. 220
|
Revision
|
Date
|
Editor
|
Changes Made
|
|
WD01
|
July 30
|
Tony Cox
|
Initial Working Draft
|
|
WD02
|
August 12 2019
|
Tony Cox
|
Added the following proposals:
- Query Defaults Object Groups – approved 18th
July 2019
- Query Defaults Object Types – approved 18th
July 2019
- Set Defaults - approved 18th July 2019
- Set Constraints – approved 25th July 2019
- Rotate – approved 25th July 2019
|
|
WD03
|
September 5 2019
|
Tony Cox
|
Added the following proposals:
- Query Asynch – approved 29th August 2019
- Process Asynch proposal – approved 29th
August 2019
Some minor editorial corrections
|
|
WD04
|
10 October 2019
|
Tony Cox
|
- Minor editorial corrections
- Added Rotate Name Type Enumeration
- Amended Tag Enumeration list
|
|
WD05
|
13 November 2019
|
Tony Cox
|
Added the following proposal:
- Ping – approved 7th November 2019
Removed “Key Management Domain” definition and replaced
all instances with "key management server".
|
|
CSD01
|
12 December 2019
|
TC Admin
|
Published following TC Special Majority Vote
|
|
WD06
|
31 January 2020
|
Tony Cox
|
- Added Rotate Automatic Attribute
- Corrections to Attributes:
- Rotate Date;
- Rotate Generation Attributes
- Corrections to Operations:
- Process;
- Query Asynchronous Requests; and
- Set Defaults
- Added Asynchronous Correlation Value Operation Data
Structure
- Editorial corrections
|
